docs: add initial target rtos support info
[openocd.git] / doc / openocd.texi
1 \input texinfo @c -*-texinfo-*-
2 @c %**start of header
3 @setfilename openocd.info
4 @settitle OpenOCD User's Guide
5 @dircategory Development
6 @direntry
7 * OpenOCD: (openocd). OpenOCD User's Guide
8 @end direntry
9 @paragraphindent 0
10 @c %**end of header
11
12 @include version.texi
13
14 @copying
15
16 This User's Guide documents
17 release @value{VERSION},
18 dated @value{UPDATED},
19 of the Open On-Chip Debugger (OpenOCD).
20
21 @itemize @bullet
22 @item Copyright @copyright{} 2008 The OpenOCD Project
23 @item Copyright @copyright{} 2007-2008 Spencer Oliver @email{spen@@spen-soft.co.uk}
24 @item Copyright @copyright{} 2008-2010 Oyvind Harboe @email{oyvind.harboe@@zylin.com}
25 @item Copyright @copyright{} 2008 Duane Ellis @email{openocd@@duaneellis.com}
26 @item Copyright @copyright{} 2009-2010 David Brownell
27 @end itemize
28
29 @quotation
30 Permission is granted to copy, distribute and/or modify this document
31 under the terms of the GNU Free Documentation License, Version 1.2 or
32 any later version published by the Free Software Foundation; with no
33 Invariant Sections, with no Front-Cover Texts, and with no Back-Cover
34 Texts. A copy of the license is included in the section entitled ``GNU
35 Free Documentation License''.
36 @end quotation
37 @end copying
38
39 @titlepage
40 @titlefont{@emph{Open On-Chip Debugger:}}
41 @sp 1
42 @title OpenOCD User's Guide
43 @subtitle for release @value{VERSION}
44 @subtitle @value{UPDATED}
45
46 @page
47 @vskip 0pt plus 1filll
48 @insertcopying
49 @end titlepage
50
51 @summarycontents
52 @contents
53
54 @ifnottex
55 @node Top
56 @top OpenOCD User's Guide
57
58 @insertcopying
59 @end ifnottex
60
61 @menu
62 * About:: About OpenOCD
63 * Developers:: OpenOCD Developer Resources
64 * Debug Adapter Hardware:: Debug Adapter Hardware
65 * About Jim-Tcl:: About Jim-Tcl
66 * Running:: Running OpenOCD
67 * OpenOCD Project Setup:: OpenOCD Project Setup
68 * Config File Guidelines:: Config File Guidelines
69 * Daemon Configuration:: Daemon Configuration
70 * Debug Adapter Configuration:: Debug Adapter Configuration
71 * Reset Configuration:: Reset Configuration
72 * TAP Declaration:: TAP Declaration
73 * CPU Configuration:: CPU Configuration
74 * Flash Commands:: Flash Commands
75 * NAND Flash Commands:: NAND Flash Commands
76 * PLD/FPGA Commands:: PLD/FPGA Commands
77 * General Commands:: General Commands
78 * Architecture and Core Commands:: Architecture and Core Commands
79 * JTAG Commands:: JTAG Commands
80 * Boundary Scan Commands:: Boundary Scan Commands
81 * TFTP:: TFTP
82 * GDB and OpenOCD:: Using GDB and OpenOCD
83 * Tcl Scripting API:: Tcl Scripting API
84 * FAQ:: Frequently Asked Questions
85 * Tcl Crash Course:: Tcl Crash Course
86 * License:: GNU Free Documentation License
87
88 @comment DO NOT use the plain word ``Index'', reason: CYGWIN filename
89 @comment case issue with ``Index.html'' and ``index.html''
90 @comment Occurs when creating ``--html --no-split'' output
91 @comment This fix is based on: http://sourceware.org/ml/binutils/2006-05/msg00215.html
92 * OpenOCD Concept Index:: Concept Index
93 * Command and Driver Index:: Command and Driver Index
94 @end menu
95
96 @node About
97 @unnumbered About
98 @cindex about
99
100 OpenOCD was created by Dominic Rath as part of a diploma thesis written at the
101 University of Applied Sciences Augsburg (@uref{http://www.fh-augsburg.de}).
102 Since that time, the project has grown into an active open-source project,
103 supported by a diverse community of software and hardware developers from
104 around the world.
105
106 @section What is OpenOCD?
107 @cindex TAP
108 @cindex JTAG
109
110 The Open On-Chip Debugger (OpenOCD) aims to provide debugging,
111 in-system programming and boundary-scan testing for embedded target
112 devices.
113
114 It does so with the assistance of a @dfn{debug adapter}, which is
115 a small hardware module which helps provide the right kind of
116 electrical signaling to the target being debugged. These are
117 required since the debug host (on which OpenOCD runs) won't
118 usually have native support for such signaling, or the connector
119 needed to hook up to the target.
120
121 Such debug adapters support one or more @dfn{transport} protocols,
122 each of which involves different electrical signaling (and uses
123 different messaging protocols on top of that signaling). There
124 are many types of debug adapter, and little uniformity in what
125 they are called. (There are also product naming differences.)
126
127 These adapters are sometimes packaged as discrete dongles, which
128 may generically be called @dfn{hardware interface dongles}.
129 Some development boards also integrate them directly, which may
130 let the development board can be directly connected to the debug
131 host over USB (and sometimes also to power it over USB).
132
133 For example, a @dfn{JTAG Adapter} supports JTAG
134 signaling, and is used to communicate
135 with JTAG (IEEE 1149.1) compliant TAPs on your target board.
136 A @dfn{TAP} is a ``Test Access Port'', a module which processes
137 special instructions and data. TAPs are daisy-chained within and
138 between chips and boards. JTAG supports debugging and boundary
139 scan operations.
140
141 There are also @dfn{SWD Adapters} that support Serial Wire Debug (SWD)
142 signaling to communicate with some newer ARM cores, as well as debug
143 adapters which support both JTAG and SWD transports. SWD only supports
144 debugging, whereas JTAG also supports boundary scan operations.
145
146 For some chips, there are also @dfn{Programming Adapters} supporting
147 special transports used only to write code to flash memory, without
148 support for on-chip debugging or boundary scan.
149 (At this writing, OpenOCD does not support such non-debug adapters.)
150
151
152 @b{Dongles:} OpenOCD currently supports many types of hardware dongles: USB
153 based, parallel port based, and other standalone boxes that run
154 OpenOCD internally. @xref{Debug Adapter Hardware}.
155
156 @b{GDB Debug:} It allows ARM7 (ARM7TDMI and ARM720t), ARM9 (ARM920T,
157 ARM922T, ARM926EJ--S, ARM966E--S), XScale (PXA25x, IXP42x) and
158 Cortex-M3 (Stellaris LM3 and ST STM32) based cores to be
159 debugged via the GDB protocol.
160
161 @b{Flash Programing:} Flash writing is supported for external CFI
162 compatible NOR flashes (Intel and AMD/Spansion command set) and several
163 internal flashes (LPC1700, LPC2000, AT91SAM7, AT91SAM3U, STR7x, STR9x, LM3, and
164 STM32x). Preliminary support for various NAND flash controllers
165 (LPC3180, Orion, S3C24xx, more) controller is included.
166
167 @section OpenOCD Web Site
168
169 The OpenOCD web site provides the latest public news from the community:
170
171 @uref{http://openocd.sourceforge.net/}
172
173 @section Latest User's Guide:
174
175 The user's guide you are now reading may not be the latest one
176 available. A version for more recent code may be available.
177 Its HTML form is published irregularly at:
178
179 @uref{http://openocd.sourceforge.net/doc/html/index.html}
180
181 PDF form is likewise published at:
182
183 @uref{http://openocd.sourceforge.net/doc/pdf/openocd.pdf}
184
185 @section OpenOCD User's Forum
186
187 There is an OpenOCD forum (phpBB) hosted by SparkFun,
188 which might be helpful to you. Note that if you want
189 anything to come to the attention of developers, you
190 should post it to the OpenOCD Developer Mailing List
191 instead of this forum.
192
193 @uref{http://forum.sparkfun.com/viewforum.php?f=18}
194
195
196 @node Developers
197 @chapter OpenOCD Developer Resources
198 @cindex developers
199
200 If you are interested in improving the state of OpenOCD's debugging and
201 testing support, new contributions will be welcome. Motivated developers
202 can produce new target, flash or interface drivers, improve the
203 documentation, as well as more conventional bug fixes and enhancements.
204
205 The resources in this chapter are available for developers wishing to explore
206 or expand the OpenOCD source code.
207
208 @section OpenOCD GIT Repository
209
210 During the 0.3.x release cycle, OpenOCD switched from Subversion to
211 a GIT repository hosted at SourceForge. The repository URL is:
212
213 @uref{git://openocd.git.sourceforge.net/gitroot/openocd/openocd}
214
215 You may prefer to use a mirror and the HTTP protocol:
216
217 @uref{http://repo.or.cz/r/openocd.git}
218
219 With standard GIT tools, use @command{git clone} to initialize
220 a local repository, and @command{git pull} to update it.
221 There are also gitweb pages letting you browse the repository
222 with a web browser, or download arbitrary snapshots without
223 needing a GIT client:
224
225 @uref{http://openocd.git.sourceforge.net/git/gitweb.cgi?p=openocd/openocd}
226
227 @uref{http://repo.or.cz/w/openocd.git}
228
229 The @file{README} file contains the instructions for building the project
230 from the repository or a snapshot.
231
232 Developers that want to contribute patches to the OpenOCD system are
233 @b{strongly} encouraged to work against mainline.
234 Patches created against older versions may require additional
235 work from their submitter in order to be updated for newer releases.
236
237 @section Doxygen Developer Manual
238
239 During the 0.2.x release cycle, the OpenOCD project began
240 providing a Doxygen reference manual. This document contains more
241 technical information about the software internals, development
242 processes, and similar documentation:
243
244 @uref{http://openocd.sourceforge.net/doc/doxygen/html/index.html}
245
246 This document is a work-in-progress, but contributions would be welcome
247 to fill in the gaps. All of the source files are provided in-tree,
248 listed in the Doxyfile configuration in the top of the source tree.
249
250 @section OpenOCD Developer Mailing List
251
252 The OpenOCD Developer Mailing List provides the primary means of
253 communication between developers:
254
255 @uref{https://lists.sourceforge.net/mailman/listinfo/openocd-devel}
256
257 Discuss and submit patches to this list.
258 The @file{HACKING} file contains basic information about how
259 to prepare patches.
260
261 @section OpenOCD Bug Database
262
263 During the 0.4.x release cycle the OpenOCD project team began
264 using Trac for its bug database:
265
266 @uref{https://sourceforge.net/apps/trac/openocd}
267
268
269 @node Debug Adapter Hardware
270 @chapter Debug Adapter Hardware
271 @cindex dongles
272 @cindex FTDI
273 @cindex wiggler
274 @cindex zy1000
275 @cindex printer port
276 @cindex USB Adapter
277 @cindex RTCK
278
279 Defined: @b{dongle}: A small device that plugins into a computer and serves as
280 an adapter .... [snip]
281
282 In the OpenOCD case, this generally refers to @b{a small adapter} that
283 attaches to your computer via USB or the Parallel Printer Port. One
284 exception is the Zylin ZY1000, packaged as a small box you attach via
285 an ethernet cable. The Zylin ZY1000 has the advantage that it does not
286 require any drivers to be installed on the developer PC. It also has
287 a built in web interface. It supports RTCK/RCLK or adaptive clocking
288 and has a built in relay to power cycle targets remotely.
289
290
291 @section Choosing a Dongle
292
293 There are several things you should keep in mind when choosing a dongle.
294
295 @enumerate
296 @item @b{Transport} Does it support the kind of communication that you need?
297 OpenOCD focusses mostly on JTAG. Your version may also support
298 other ways to communicate with target devices.
299 @item @b{Voltage} What voltage is your target - 1.8, 2.8, 3.3, or 5V?
300 Does your dongle support it? You might need a level converter.
301 @item @b{Pinout} What pinout does your target board use?
302 Does your dongle support it? You may be able to use jumper
303 wires, or an "octopus" connector, to convert pinouts.
304 @item @b{Connection} Does your computer have the USB, printer, or
305 Ethernet port needed?
306 @item @b{RTCK} Do you expect to use it with ARM chips and boards with
307 RTCK support? Also known as ``adaptive clocking''
308 @end enumerate
309
310 @section Stand alone Systems
311
312 @b{ZY1000} See: @url{http://www.ultsol.com/index.php/component/content/article/8/33-zylin-zy1000-jtag-probe} Technically, not a
313 dongle, but a standalone box. The ZY1000 has the advantage that it does
314 not require any drivers installed on the developer PC. It also has
315 a built in web interface. It supports RTCK/RCLK or adaptive clocking
316 and has a built in relay to power cycle targets remotely.
317
318 @section USB FT2232 Based
319
320 There are many USB JTAG dongles on the market, many of them are based
321 on a chip from ``Future Technology Devices International'' (FTDI)
322 known as the FTDI FT2232; this is a USB full speed (12 Mbps) chip.
323 See: @url{http://www.ftdichip.com} for more information.
324 In summer 2009, USB high speed (480 Mbps) versions of these FTDI
325 chips are starting to become available in JTAG adapters. (Adapters
326 using those high speed FT2232H chips may support adaptive clocking.)
327
328 The FT2232 chips are flexible enough to support some other
329 transport options, such as SWD or the SPI variants used to
330 program some chips. They have two communications channels,
331 and one can be used for a UART adapter at the same time the
332 other one is used to provide a debug adapter.
333
334 Also, some development boards integrate an FT2232 chip to serve as
335 a built-in low cost debug adapter and usb-to-serial solution.
336
337 @itemize @bullet
338 @item @b{usbjtag}
339 @* Link @url{http://elk.informatik.fh-augsburg.de/hhweb/doc/openocd/usbjtag/usbjtag.html}
340 @item @b{jtagkey}
341 @* See: @url{http://www.amontec.com/jtagkey.shtml}
342 @item @b{jtagkey2}
343 @* See: @url{http://www.amontec.com/jtagkey2.shtml}
344 @item @b{oocdlink}
345 @* See: @url{http://www.oocdlink.com} By Joern Kaipf
346 @item @b{signalyzer}
347 @* See: @url{http://www.signalyzer.com}
348 @item @b{Stellaris Eval Boards}
349 @* See: @url{http://www.luminarymicro.com} - The Stellaris eval boards
350 bundle FT2232-based JTAG and SWD support, which can be used to debug
351 the Stellaris chips. Using separate JTAG adapters is optional.
352 These boards can also be used in a "pass through" mode as JTAG adapters
353 to other target boards, disabling the Stellaris chip.
354 @item @b{Luminary ICDI}
355 @* See: @url{http://www.luminarymicro.com} - Luminary In-Circuit Debug
356 Interface (ICDI) Boards are included in Stellaris LM3S9B9x
357 Evaluation Kits. Like the non-detachable FT2232 support on the other
358 Stellaris eval boards, they can be used to debug other target boards.
359 @item @b{olimex-jtag}
360 @* See: @url{http://www.olimex.com}
361 @item @b{Flyswatter/Flyswatter2}
362 @* See: @url{http://www.tincantools.com}
363 @item @b{turtelizer2}
364 @* See:
365 @uref{http://www.ethernut.de/en/hardware/turtelizer/index.html, Turtelizer 2}, or
366 @url{http://www.ethernut.de}
367 @item @b{comstick}
368 @* Link: @url{http://www.hitex.com/index.php?id=383}
369 @item @b{stm32stick}
370 @* Link @url{http://www.hitex.com/stm32-stick}
371 @item @b{axm0432_jtag}
372 @* Axiom AXM-0432 Link @url{http://www.axman.com} - NOTE: This JTAG does not appear
373 to be available anymore as of April 2012.
374 @item @b{cortino}
375 @* Link @url{http://www.hitex.com/index.php?id=cortino}
376 @item @b{dlp-usb1232h}
377 @* Link @url{http://www.dlpdesign.com/usb/usb1232h.shtml}
378 @item @b{digilent-hs1}
379 @* Link @url{http://www.digilentinc.com/Products/Detail.cfm?Prod=JTAG-HS1}
380 @end itemize
381
382 @section USB-JTAG / Altera USB-Blaster compatibles
383
384 These devices also show up as FTDI devices, but are not
385 protocol-compatible with the FT2232 devices. They are, however,
386 protocol-compatible among themselves. USB-JTAG devices typically consist
387 of a FT245 followed by a CPLD that understands a particular protocol,
388 or emulate this protocol using some other hardware.
389
390 They may appear under different USB VID/PID depending on the particular
391 product. The driver can be configured to search for any VID/PID pair
392 (see the section on driver commands).
393
394 @itemize
395 @item @b{USB-JTAG} Kolja Waschk's USB Blaster-compatible adapter
396 @* Link: @url{http://ixo-jtag.sourceforge.net/}
397 @item @b{Altera USB-Blaster}
398 @* Link: @url{http://www.altera.com/literature/ug/ug_usb_blstr.pdf}
399 @end itemize
400
401 @section USB JLINK based
402 There are several OEM versions of the Segger @b{JLINK} adapter. It is
403 an example of a micro controller based JTAG adapter, it uses an
404 AT91SAM764 internally.
405
406 @itemize @bullet
407 @item @b{ATMEL SAMICE} Only works with ATMEL chips!
408 @* Link: @url{http://www.atmel.com/dyn/products/tools_card.asp?tool_id=3892}
409 @item @b{SEGGER JLINK}
410 @* Link: @url{http://www.segger.com/jlink.html}
411 @item @b{IAR J-Link}
412 @* Link: @url{http://www.iar.com/en/products/hardware-debug-probes/iar-j-link/}
413 @end itemize
414
415 @section USB RLINK based
416 Raisonance has an adapter called @b{RLink}. It exists in a stripped-down form on the STM32 Primer, permanently attached to the JTAG lines. It also exists on the STM32 Primer2, but that is wired for SWD and not JTAG, thus not supported.
417
418 @itemize @bullet
419 @item @b{Raisonance RLink}
420 @* Link: @url{http://www.mcu-raisonance.com/~rlink-debugger-programmer__microcontrollers__tool~tool__T018:4cn9ziz4bnx6.html}
421 @item @b{STM32 Primer}
422 @* Link: @url{http://www.stm32circle.com/resources/stm32primer.php}
423 @item @b{STM32 Primer2}
424 @* Link: @url{http://www.stm32circle.com/resources/stm32primer2.php}
425 @end itemize
426
427 @section USB ST-LINK based
428 ST Micro has an adapter called @b{ST-LINK}.
429 They only work with ST Micro chips, notably STM32 and STM8.
430
431 @itemize @bullet
432 @item @b{ST-LINK}
433 @* This is available standalone and as part of some kits, eg. STM32VLDISCOVERY.
434 @* Link: @url{http://www.st.com/internet/evalboard/product/219866.jsp}
435 @item @b{ST-LINK/V2}
436 @* This is available standalone and as part of some kits, eg. STM32F4DISCOVERY.
437 @* Link: @url{http://www.st.com/internet/evalboard/product/251168.jsp}
438 @end itemize
439
440 For info the original ST-LINK enumerates using the mass storage usb class, however
441 it's implementation is completely broken. The result is this causes issues under linux.
442 The simplest solution is to get linux to ignore the ST-LINK using one of the following methods:
443 @itemize @bullet
444 @item modprobe -r usb-storage && modprobe usb-storage quirks=483:3744:i
445 @item add "options usb-storage quirks=483:3744:i" to /etc/modprobe.conf
446 @end itemize
447
448 @section USB Other
449 @itemize @bullet
450 @item @b{USBprog}
451 @* Link: @url{http://shop.embedded-projects.net/} - which uses an Atmel MEGA32 and a UBN9604
452
453 @item @b{USB - Presto}
454 @* Link: @url{http://tools.asix.net/prg_presto.htm}
455
456 @item @b{Versaloon-Link}
457 @* Link: @url{http://www.versaloon.com}
458
459 @item @b{ARM-JTAG-EW}
460 @* Link: @url{http://www.olimex.com/dev/arm-jtag-ew.html}
461
462 @item @b{Buspirate}
463 @* Link: @url{http://dangerousprototypes.com/bus-pirate-manual/}
464
465 @item @b{opendous}
466 @* Link: @url{http://code.google.com/p/opendous-jtag/}
467
468 @item @b{estick}
469 @* Link: @url{http://code.google.com/p/estick-jtag/}
470 @end itemize
471
472 @section IBM PC Parallel Printer Port Based
473
474 The two well known ``JTAG Parallel Ports'' cables are the Xilnx DLC5
475 and the Macraigor Wiggler. There are many clones and variations of
476 these on the market.
477
478 Note that parallel ports are becoming much less common, so if you
479 have the choice you should probably avoid these adapters in favor
480 of USB-based ones.
481
482 @itemize @bullet
483
484 @item @b{Wiggler} - There are many clones of this.
485 @* Link: @url{http://www.macraigor.com/wiggler.htm}
486
487 @item @b{DLC5} - From XILINX - There are many clones of this
488 @* Link: Search the web for: ``XILINX DLC5'' - it is no longer
489 produced, PDF schematics are easily found and it is easy to make.
490
491 @item @b{Amontec - JTAG Accelerator}
492 @* Link: @url{http://www.amontec.com/jtag_accelerator.shtml}
493
494 @item @b{GW16402}
495 @* Link: @url{http://www.gateworks.com/products/avila_accessories/gw16042.php}
496
497 @item @b{Wiggler2}
498 @* Link: @url{http://www.ccac.rwth-aachen.de/~michaels/index.php/hardware/armjtag}
499
500 @item @b{Wiggler_ntrst_inverted}
501 @* Yet another variation - See the source code, src/jtag/parport.c
502
503 @item @b{old_amt_wiggler}
504 @* Unknown - probably not on the market today
505
506 @item @b{arm-jtag}
507 @* Link: Most likely @url{http://www.olimex.com/dev/arm-jtag.html} [another wiggler clone]
508
509 @item @b{chameleon}
510 @* Link: @url{http://www.amontec.com/chameleon.shtml}
511
512 @item @b{Triton}
513 @* Unknown.
514
515 @item @b{Lattice}
516 @* ispDownload from Lattice Semiconductor
517 @url{http://www.latticesemi.com/lit/docs/@/devtools/dlcable.pdf}
518
519 @item @b{flashlink}
520 @* From ST Microsystems;
521 @* Link: @url{http://www.st.com/internet/com/TECHNICAL_RESOURCES/TECHNICAL_LITERATURE/DATA_BRIEF/DM00039500.pdf}
522
523 @end itemize
524
525 @section Other...
526 @itemize @bullet
527
528 @item @b{ep93xx}
529 @* An EP93xx based Linux machine using the GPIO pins directly.
530
531 @item @b{at91rm9200}
532 @* Like the EP93xx - but an ATMEL AT91RM9200 based solution using the GPIO pins on the chip.
533
534 @end itemize
535
536 @node About Jim-Tcl
537 @chapter About Jim-Tcl
538 @cindex Jim-Tcl
539 @cindex tcl
540
541 OpenOCD uses a small ``Tcl Interpreter'' known as Jim-Tcl.
542 This programming language provides a simple and extensible
543 command interpreter.
544
545 All commands presented in this Guide are extensions to Jim-Tcl.
546 You can use them as simple commands, without needing to learn
547 much of anything about Tcl.
548 Alternatively, can write Tcl programs with them.
549
550 You can learn more about Jim at its website, @url{http://jim.berlios.de}.
551 There is an active and responsive community, get on the mailing list
552 if you have any questions. Jim-Tcl maintainers also lurk on the
553 OpenOCD mailing list.
554
555 @itemize @bullet
556 @item @b{Jim vs. Tcl}
557 @* Jim-Tcl is a stripped down version of the well known Tcl language,
558 which can be found here: @url{http://www.tcl.tk}. Jim-Tcl has far
559 fewer features. Jim-Tcl is several dozens of .C files and .H files and
560 implements the basic Tcl command set. In contrast: Tcl 8.6 is a
561 4.2 MB .zip file containing 1540 files.
562
563 @item @b{Missing Features}
564 @* Our practice has been: Add/clone the real Tcl feature if/when
565 needed. We welcome Jim-Tcl improvements, not bloat. Also there
566 are a large number of optional Jim-Tcl features that are not
567 enabled in OpenOCD.
568
569 @item @b{Scripts}
570 @* OpenOCD configuration scripts are Jim-Tcl Scripts. OpenOCD's
571 command interpreter today is a mixture of (newer)
572 Jim-Tcl commands, and (older) the orginal command interpreter.
573
574 @item @b{Commands}
575 @* At the OpenOCD telnet command line (or via the GDB monitor command) one
576 can type a Tcl for() loop, set variables, etc.
577 Some of the commands documented in this guide are implemented
578 as Tcl scripts, from a @file{startup.tcl} file internal to the server.
579
580 @item @b{Historical Note}
581 @* Jim-Tcl was introduced to OpenOCD in spring 2008. Fall 2010,
582 before OpenOCD 0.5 release OpenOCD switched to using Jim Tcl
583 as a git submodule, which greatly simplified upgrading Jim Tcl
584 to benefit from new features and bugfixes in Jim Tcl.
585
586 @item @b{Need a crash course in Tcl?}
587 @*@xref{Tcl Crash Course}.
588 @end itemize
589
590 @node Running
591 @chapter Running
592 @cindex command line options
593 @cindex logfile
594 @cindex directory search
595
596 Properly installing OpenOCD sets up your operating system to grant it access
597 to the debug adapters. On Linux, this usually involves installing a file
598 in @file{/etc/udev/rules.d,} so OpenOCD has permissions. MS-Windows needs
599 complex and confusing driver configuration for every peripheral. Such issues
600 are unique to each operating system, and are not detailed in this User's Guide.
601
602 Then later you will invoke the OpenOCD server, with various options to
603 tell it how each debug session should work.
604 The @option{--help} option shows:
605 @verbatim
606 bash$ openocd --help
607
608 --help | -h display this help
609 --version | -v display OpenOCD version
610 --file | -f use configuration file <name>
611 --search | -s dir to search for config files and scripts
612 --debug | -d set debug level <0-3>
613 --log_output | -l redirect log output to file <name>
614 --command | -c run <command>
615 @end verbatim
616
617 If you don't give any @option{-f} or @option{-c} options,
618 OpenOCD tries to read the configuration file @file{openocd.cfg}.
619 To specify one or more different
620 configuration files, use @option{-f} options. For example:
621
622 @example
623 openocd -f config1.cfg -f config2.cfg -f config3.cfg
624 @end example
625
626 Configuration files and scripts are searched for in
627 @enumerate
628 @item the current directory,
629 @item any search dir specified on the command line using the @option{-s} option,
630 @item any search dir specified using the @command{add_script_search_dir} command,
631 @item @file{$HOME/.openocd} (not on Windows),
632 @item the site wide script library @file{$pkgdatadir/site} and
633 @item the OpenOCD-supplied script library @file{$pkgdatadir/scripts}.
634 @end enumerate
635 The first found file with a matching file name will be used.
636
637 @quotation Note
638 Don't try to use configuration script names or paths which
639 include the "#" character. That character begins Tcl comments.
640 @end quotation
641
642 @section Simple setup, no customization
643
644 In the best case, you can use two scripts from one of the script
645 libraries, hook up your JTAG adapter, and start the server ... and
646 your JTAG setup will just work "out of the box". Always try to
647 start by reusing those scripts, but assume you'll need more
648 customization even if this works. @xref{OpenOCD Project Setup}.
649
650 If you find a script for your JTAG adapter, and for your board or
651 target, you may be able to hook up your JTAG adapter then start
652 the server like:
653
654 @example
655 openocd -f interface/ADAPTER.cfg -f board/MYBOARD.cfg
656 @end example
657
658 You might also need to configure which reset signals are present,
659 using @option{-c 'reset_config trst_and_srst'} or something similar.
660 If all goes well you'll see output something like
661
662 @example
663 Open On-Chip Debugger 0.4.0 (2010-01-14-15:06)
664 For bug reports, read
665 http://openocd.sourceforge.net/doc/doxygen/bugs.html
666 Info : JTAG tap: lm3s.cpu tap/device found: 0x3ba00477
667 (mfg: 0x23b, part: 0xba00, ver: 0x3)
668 @end example
669
670 Seeing that "tap/device found" message, and no warnings, means
671 the JTAG communication is working. That's a key milestone, but
672 you'll probably need more project-specific setup.
673
674 @section What OpenOCD does as it starts
675
676 OpenOCD starts by processing the configuration commands provided
677 on the command line or, if there were no @option{-c command} or
678 @option{-f file.cfg} options given, in @file{openocd.cfg}.
679 @xref{Configuration Stage}.
680 At the end of the configuration stage it verifies the JTAG scan
681 chain defined using those commands; your configuration should
682 ensure that this always succeeds.
683 Normally, OpenOCD then starts running as a daemon.
684 Alternatively, commands may be used to terminate the configuration
685 stage early, perform work (such as updating some flash memory),
686 and then shut down without acting as a daemon.
687
688 Once OpenOCD starts running as a daemon, it waits for connections from
689 clients (Telnet, GDB, Other) and processes the commands issued through
690 those channels.
691
692 If you are having problems, you can enable internal debug messages via
693 the @option{-d} option.
694
695 Also it is possible to interleave Jim-Tcl commands w/config scripts using the
696 @option{-c} command line switch.
697
698 To enable debug output (when reporting problems or working on OpenOCD
699 itself), use the @option{-d} command line switch. This sets the
700 @option{debug_level} to "3", outputting the most information,
701 including debug messages. The default setting is "2", outputting only
702 informational messages, warnings and errors. You can also change this
703 setting from within a telnet or gdb session using @command{debug_level
704 <n>} (@pxref{debug_level}).
705
706 You can redirect all output from the daemon to a file using the
707 @option{-l <logfile>} switch.
708
709 Note! OpenOCD will launch the GDB & telnet server even if it can not
710 establish a connection with the target. In general, it is possible for
711 the JTAG controller to be unresponsive until the target is set up
712 correctly via e.g. GDB monitor commands in a GDB init script.
713
714 @node OpenOCD Project Setup
715 @chapter OpenOCD Project Setup
716
717 To use OpenOCD with your development projects, you need to do more than
718 just connecting the JTAG adapter hardware (dongle) to your development board
719 and then starting the OpenOCD server.
720 You also need to configure that server so that it knows
721 about that adapter and board, and helps your work.
722 You may also want to connect OpenOCD to GDB, possibly
723 using Eclipse or some other GUI.
724
725 @section Hooking up the JTAG Adapter
726
727 Today's most common case is a dongle with a JTAG cable on one side
728 (such as a ribbon cable with a 10-pin or 20-pin IDC connector)
729 and a USB cable on the other.
730 Instead of USB, some cables use Ethernet;
731 older ones may use a PC parallel port, or even a serial port.
732
733 @enumerate
734 @item @emph{Start with power to your target board turned off},
735 and nothing connected to your JTAG adapter.
736 If you're particularly paranoid, unplug power to the board.
737 It's important to have the ground signal properly set up,
738 unless you are using a JTAG adapter which provides
739 galvanic isolation between the target board and the
740 debugging host.
741
742 @item @emph{Be sure it's the right kind of JTAG connector.}
743 If your dongle has a 20-pin ARM connector, you need some kind
744 of adapter (or octopus, see below) to hook it up to
745 boards using 14-pin or 10-pin connectors ... or to 20-pin
746 connectors which don't use ARM's pinout.
747
748 In the same vein, make sure the voltage levels are compatible.
749 Not all JTAG adapters have the level shifters needed to work
750 with 1.2 Volt boards.
751
752 @item @emph{Be certain the cable is properly oriented} or you might
753 damage your board. In most cases there are only two possible
754 ways to connect the cable.
755 Connect the JTAG cable from your adapter to the board.
756 Be sure it's firmly connected.
757
758 In the best case, the connector is keyed to physically
759 prevent you from inserting it wrong.
760 This is most often done using a slot on the board's male connector
761 housing, which must match a key on the JTAG cable's female connector.
762 If there's no housing, then you must look carefully and
763 make sure pin 1 on the cable hooks up to pin 1 on the board.
764 Ribbon cables are frequently all grey except for a wire on one
765 edge, which is red. The red wire is pin 1.
766
767 Sometimes dongles provide cables where one end is an ``octopus'' of
768 color coded single-wire connectors, instead of a connector block.
769 These are great when converting from one JTAG pinout to another,
770 but are tedious to set up.
771 Use these with connector pinout diagrams to help you match up the
772 adapter signals to the right board pins.
773
774 @item @emph{Connect the adapter's other end} once the JTAG cable is connected.
775 A USB, parallel, or serial port connector will go to the host which
776 you are using to run OpenOCD.
777 For Ethernet, consult the documentation and your network administrator.
778
779 For USB based JTAG adapters you have an easy sanity check at this point:
780 does the host operating system see the JTAG adapter? If that host is an
781 MS-Windows host, you'll need to install a driver before OpenOCD works.
782
783 @item @emph{Connect the adapter's power supply, if needed.}
784 This step is primarily for non-USB adapters,
785 but sometimes USB adapters need extra power.
786
787 @item @emph{Power up the target board.}
788 Unless you just let the magic smoke escape,
789 you're now ready to set up the OpenOCD server
790 so you can use JTAG to work with that board.
791
792 @end enumerate
793
794 Talk with the OpenOCD server using
795 telnet (@code{telnet localhost 4444} on many systems) or GDB.
796 @xref{GDB and OpenOCD}.
797
798 @section Project Directory
799
800 There are many ways you can configure OpenOCD and start it up.
801
802 A simple way to organize them all involves keeping a
803 single directory for your work with a given board.
804 When you start OpenOCD from that directory,
805 it searches there first for configuration files, scripts,
806 files accessed through semihosting,
807 and for code you upload to the target board.
808 It is also the natural place to write files,
809 such as log files and data you download from the board.
810
811 @section Configuration Basics
812
813 There are two basic ways of configuring OpenOCD, and
814 a variety of ways you can mix them.
815 Think of the difference as just being how you start the server:
816
817 @itemize
818 @item Many @option{-f file} or @option{-c command} options on the command line
819 @item No options, but a @dfn{user config file}
820 in the current directory named @file{openocd.cfg}
821 @end itemize
822
823 Here is an example @file{openocd.cfg} file for a setup
824 using a Signalyzer FT2232-based JTAG adapter to talk to
825 a board with an Atmel AT91SAM7X256 microcontroller:
826
827 @example
828 source [find interface/signalyzer.cfg]
829
830 # GDB can also flash my flash!
831 gdb_memory_map enable
832 gdb_flash_program enable
833
834 source [find target/sam7x256.cfg]
835 @end example
836
837 Here is the command line equivalent of that configuration:
838
839 @example
840 openocd -f interface/signalyzer.cfg \
841 -c "gdb_memory_map enable" \
842 -c "gdb_flash_program enable" \
843 -f target/sam7x256.cfg
844 @end example
845
846 You could wrap such long command lines in shell scripts,
847 each supporting a different development task.
848 One might re-flash the board with a specific firmware version.
849 Another might set up a particular debugging or run-time environment.
850
851 @quotation Important
852 At this writing (October 2009) the command line method has
853 problems with how it treats variables.
854 For example, after @option{-c "set VAR value"}, or doing the
855 same in a script, the variable @var{VAR} will have no value
856 that can be tested in a later script.
857 @end quotation
858
859 Here we will focus on the simpler solution: one user config
860 file, including basic configuration plus any TCL procedures
861 to simplify your work.
862
863 @section User Config Files
864 @cindex config file, user
865 @cindex user config file
866 @cindex config file, overview
867
868 A user configuration file ties together all the parts of a project
869 in one place.
870 One of the following will match your situation best:
871
872 @itemize
873 @item Ideally almost everything comes from configuration files
874 provided by someone else.
875 For example, OpenOCD distributes a @file{scripts} directory
876 (probably in @file{/usr/share/openocd/scripts} on Linux).
877 Board and tool vendors can provide these too, as can individual
878 user sites; the @option{-s} command line option lets you say
879 where to find these files. (@xref{Running}.)
880 The AT91SAM7X256 example above works this way.
881
882 Three main types of non-user configuration file each have their
883 own subdirectory in the @file{scripts} directory:
884
885 @enumerate
886 @item @b{interface} -- one for each different debug adapter;
887 @item @b{board} -- one for each different board
888 @item @b{target} -- the chips which integrate CPUs and other JTAG TAPs
889 @end enumerate
890
891 Best case: include just two files, and they handle everything else.
892 The first is an interface config file.
893 The second is board-specific, and it sets up the JTAG TAPs and
894 their GDB targets (by deferring to some @file{target.cfg} file),
895 declares all flash memory, and leaves you nothing to do except
896 meet your deadline:
897
898 @example
899 source [find interface/olimex-jtag-tiny.cfg]
900 source [find board/csb337.cfg]
901 @end example
902
903 Boards with a single microcontroller often won't need more
904 than the target config file, as in the AT91SAM7X256 example.
905 That's because there is no external memory (flash, DDR RAM), and
906 the board differences are encapsulated by application code.
907
908 @item Maybe you don't know yet what your board looks like to JTAG.
909 Once you know the @file{interface.cfg} file to use, you may
910 need help from OpenOCD to discover what's on the board.
911 Once you find the JTAG TAPs, you can just search for appropriate
912 target and board
913 configuration files ... or write your own, from the bottom up.
914 @xref{Autoprobing}.
915
916 @item You can often reuse some standard config files but
917 need to write a few new ones, probably a @file{board.cfg} file.
918 You will be using commands described later in this User's Guide,
919 and working with the guidelines in the next chapter.
920
921 For example, there may be configuration files for your JTAG adapter
922 and target chip, but you need a new board-specific config file
923 giving access to your particular flash chips.
924 Or you might need to write another target chip configuration file
925 for a new chip built around the Cortex M3 core.
926
927 @quotation Note
928 When you write new configuration files, please submit
929 them for inclusion in the next OpenOCD release.
930 For example, a @file{board/newboard.cfg} file will help the
931 next users of that board, and a @file{target/newcpu.cfg}
932 will help support users of any board using that chip.
933 @end quotation
934
935 @item
936 You may may need to write some C code.
937 It may be as simple as a supporting a new ft2232 or parport
938 based adapter; a bit more involved, like a NAND or NOR flash
939 controller driver; or a big piece of work like supporting
940 a new chip architecture.
941 @end itemize
942
943 Reuse the existing config files when you can.
944 Look first in the @file{scripts/boards} area, then @file{scripts/targets}.
945 You may find a board configuration that's a good example to follow.
946
947 When you write config files, separate the reusable parts
948 (things every user of that interface, chip, or board needs)
949 from ones specific to your environment and debugging approach.
950 @itemize
951
952 @item
953 For example, a @code{gdb-attach} event handler that invokes
954 the @command{reset init} command will interfere with debugging
955 early boot code, which performs some of the same actions
956 that the @code{reset-init} event handler does.
957
958 @item
959 Likewise, the @command{arm9 vector_catch} command (or
960 @cindex vector_catch
961 its siblings @command{xscale vector_catch}
962 and @command{cortex_m3 vector_catch}) can be a timesaver
963 during some debug sessions, but don't make everyone use that either.
964 Keep those kinds of debugging aids in your user config file,
965 along with messaging and tracing setup.
966 (@xref{Software Debug Messages and Tracing}.)
967
968 @item
969 You might need to override some defaults.
970 For example, you might need to move, shrink, or back up the target's
971 work area if your application needs much SRAM.
972
973 @item
974 TCP/IP port configuration is another example of something which
975 is environment-specific, and should only appear in
976 a user config file. @xref{TCP/IP Ports}.
977 @end itemize
978
979 @section Project-Specific Utilities
980
981 A few project-specific utility
982 routines may well speed up your work.
983 Write them, and keep them in your project's user config file.
984
985 For example, if you are making a boot loader work on a
986 board, it's nice to be able to debug the ``after it's
987 loaded to RAM'' parts separately from the finicky early
988 code which sets up the DDR RAM controller and clocks.
989 A script like this one, or a more GDB-aware sibling,
990 may help:
991
992 @example
993 proc ramboot @{ @} @{
994 # Reset, running the target's "reset-init" scripts
995 # to initialize clocks and the DDR RAM controller.
996 # Leave the CPU halted.
997 reset init
998
999 # Load CONFIG_SKIP_LOWLEVEL_INIT version into DDR RAM.
1000 load_image u-boot.bin 0x20000000
1001
1002 # Start running.
1003 resume 0x20000000
1004 @}
1005 @end example
1006
1007 Then once that code is working you will need to make it
1008 boot from NOR flash; a different utility would help.
1009 Alternatively, some developers write to flash using GDB.
1010 (You might use a similar script if you're working with a flash
1011 based microcontroller application instead of a boot loader.)
1012
1013 @example
1014 proc newboot @{ @} @{
1015 # Reset, leaving the CPU halted. The "reset-init" event
1016 # proc gives faster access to the CPU and to NOR flash;
1017 # "reset halt" would be slower.
1018 reset init
1019
1020 # Write standard version of U-Boot into the first two
1021 # sectors of NOR flash ... the standard version should
1022 # do the same lowlevel init as "reset-init".
1023 flash protect 0 0 1 off
1024 flash erase_sector 0 0 1
1025 flash write_bank 0 u-boot.bin 0x0
1026 flash protect 0 0 1 on
1027
1028 # Reboot from scratch using that new boot loader.
1029 reset run
1030 @}
1031 @end example
1032
1033 You may need more complicated utility procedures when booting
1034 from NAND.
1035 That often involves an extra bootloader stage,
1036 running from on-chip SRAM to perform DDR RAM setup so it can load
1037 the main bootloader code (which won't fit into that SRAM).
1038
1039 Other helper scripts might be used to write production system images,
1040 involving considerably more than just a three stage bootloader.
1041
1042 @section Target Software Changes
1043
1044 Sometimes you may want to make some small changes to the software
1045 you're developing, to help make JTAG debugging work better.
1046 For example, in C or assembly language code you might
1047 use @code{#ifdef JTAG_DEBUG} (or its converse) around code
1048 handling issues like:
1049
1050 @itemize @bullet
1051
1052 @item @b{Watchdog Timers}...
1053 Watchog timers are typically used to automatically reset systems if
1054 some application task doesn't periodically reset the timer. (The
1055 assumption is that the system has locked up if the task can't run.)
1056 When a JTAG debugger halts the system, that task won't be able to run
1057 and reset the timer ... potentially causing resets in the middle of
1058 your debug sessions.
1059
1060 It's rarely a good idea to disable such watchdogs, since their usage
1061 needs to be debugged just like all other parts of your firmware.
1062 That might however be your only option.
1063
1064 Look instead for chip-specific ways to stop the watchdog from counting
1065 while the system is in a debug halt state. It may be simplest to set
1066 that non-counting mode in your debugger startup scripts. You may however
1067 need a different approach when, for example, a motor could be physically
1068 damaged by firmware remaining inactive in a debug halt state. That might
1069 involve a type of firmware mode where that "non-counting" mode is disabled
1070 at the beginning then re-enabled at the end; a watchdog reset might fire
1071 and complicate the debug session, but hardware (or people) would be
1072 protected.@footnote{Note that many systems support a "monitor mode" debug
1073 that is a somewhat cleaner way to address such issues. You can think of
1074 it as only halting part of the system, maybe just one task,
1075 instead of the whole thing.
1076 At this writing, January 2010, OpenOCD based debugging does not support
1077 monitor mode debug, only "halt mode" debug.}
1078
1079 @item @b{ARM Semihosting}...
1080 @cindex ARM semihosting
1081 When linked with a special runtime library provided with many
1082 toolchains@footnote{See chapter 8 "Semihosting" in
1083 @uref{http://infocenter.arm.com/help/topic/com.arm.doc.dui0203i/DUI0203I_rvct_developer_guide.pdf,
1084 ARM DUI 0203I}, the "RealView Compilation Tools Developer Guide".
1085 The CodeSourcery EABI toolchain also includes a semihosting library.},
1086 your target code can use I/O facilities on the debug host. That library
1087 provides a small set of system calls which are handled by OpenOCD.
1088 It can let the debugger provide your system console and a file system,
1089 helping with early debugging or providing a more capable environment
1090 for sometimes-complex tasks like installing system firmware onto
1091 NAND or SPI flash.
1092
1093 @item @b{ARM Wait-For-Interrupt}...
1094 Many ARM chips synchronize the JTAG clock using the core clock.
1095 Low power states which stop that core clock thus prevent JTAG access.
1096 Idle loops in tasking environments often enter those low power states
1097 via the @code{WFI} instruction (or its coprocessor equivalent, before ARMv7).
1098
1099 You may want to @emph{disable that instruction} in source code,
1100 or otherwise prevent using that state,
1101 to ensure you can get JTAG access at any time.@footnote{As a more
1102 polite alternative, some processors have special debug-oriented
1103 registers which can be used to change various features including
1104 how the low power states are clocked while debugging.
1105 The STM32 DBGMCU_CR register is an example; at the cost of extra
1106 power consumption, JTAG can be used during low power states.}
1107 For example, the OpenOCD @command{halt} command may not
1108 work for an idle processor otherwise.
1109
1110 @item @b{Delay after reset}...
1111 Not all chips have good support for debugger access
1112 right after reset; many LPC2xxx chips have issues here.
1113 Similarly, applications that reconfigure pins used for
1114 JTAG access as they start will also block debugger access.
1115
1116 To work with boards like this, @emph{enable a short delay loop}
1117 the first thing after reset, before "real" startup activities.
1118 For example, one second's delay is usually more than enough
1119 time for a JTAG debugger to attach, so that
1120 early code execution can be debugged
1121 or firmware can be replaced.
1122
1123 @item @b{Debug Communications Channel (DCC)}...
1124 Some processors include mechanisms to send messages over JTAG.
1125 Many ARM cores support these, as do some cores from other vendors.
1126 (OpenOCD may be able to use this DCC internally, speeding up some
1127 operations like writing to memory.)
1128
1129 Your application may want to deliver various debugging messages
1130 over JTAG, by @emph{linking with a small library of code}
1131 provided with OpenOCD and using the utilities there to send
1132 various kinds of message.
1133 @xref{Software Debug Messages and Tracing}.
1134
1135 @end itemize
1136
1137 @section Target Hardware Setup
1138
1139 Chip vendors often provide software development boards which
1140 are highly configurable, so that they can support all options
1141 that product boards may require. @emph{Make sure that any
1142 jumpers or switches match the system configuration you are
1143 working with.}
1144
1145 Common issues include:
1146
1147 @itemize @bullet
1148
1149 @item @b{JTAG setup} ...
1150 Boards may support more than one JTAG configuration.
1151 Examples include jumpers controlling pullups versus pulldowns
1152 on the nTRST and/or nSRST signals, and choice of connectors
1153 (e.g. which of two headers on the base board,
1154 or one from a daughtercard).
1155 For some Texas Instruments boards, you may need to jumper the
1156 EMU0 and EMU1 signals (which OpenOCD won't currently control).
1157
1158 @item @b{Boot Modes} ...
1159 Complex chips often support multiple boot modes, controlled
1160 by external jumpers. Make sure this is set up correctly.
1161 For example many i.MX boards from NXP need to be jumpered
1162 to "ATX mode" to start booting using the on-chip ROM, when
1163 using second stage bootloader code stored in a NAND flash chip.
1164
1165 Such explicit configuration is common, and not limited to
1166 booting from NAND. You might also need to set jumpers to
1167 start booting using code loaded from an MMC/SD card; external
1168 SPI flash; Ethernet, UART, or USB links; NOR flash; OneNAND
1169 flash; some external host; or various other sources.
1170
1171
1172 @item @b{Memory Addressing} ...
1173 Boards which support multiple boot modes may also have jumpers
1174 to configure memory addressing. One board, for example, jumpers
1175 external chipselect 0 (used for booting) to address either
1176 a large SRAM (which must be pre-loaded via JTAG), NOR flash,
1177 or NAND flash. When it's jumpered to address NAND flash, that
1178 board must also be told to start booting from on-chip ROM.
1179
1180 Your @file{board.cfg} file may also need to be told this jumper
1181 configuration, so that it can know whether to declare NOR flash
1182 using @command{flash bank} or instead declare NAND flash with
1183 @command{nand device}; and likewise which probe to perform in
1184 its @code{reset-init} handler.
1185
1186 A closely related issue is bus width. Jumpers might need to
1187 distinguish between 8 bit or 16 bit bus access for the flash
1188 used to start booting.
1189
1190 @item @b{Peripheral Access} ...
1191 Development boards generally provide access to every peripheral
1192 on the chip, sometimes in multiple modes (such as by providing
1193 multiple audio codec chips).
1194 This interacts with software
1195 configuration of pin multiplexing, where for example a
1196 given pin may be routed either to the MMC/SD controller
1197 or the GPIO controller. It also often interacts with
1198 configuration jumpers. One jumper may be used to route
1199 signals to an MMC/SD card slot or an expansion bus (which
1200 might in turn affect booting); others might control which
1201 audio or video codecs are used.
1202
1203 @end itemize
1204
1205 Plus you should of course have @code{reset-init} event handlers
1206 which set up the hardware to match that jumper configuration.
1207 That includes in particular any oscillator or PLL used to clock
1208 the CPU, and any memory controllers needed to access external
1209 memory and peripherals. Without such handlers, you won't be
1210 able to access those resources without working target firmware
1211 which can do that setup ... this can be awkward when you're
1212 trying to debug that target firmware. Even if there's a ROM
1213 bootloader which handles a few issues, it rarely provides full
1214 access to all board-specific capabilities.
1215
1216
1217 @node Config File Guidelines
1218 @chapter Config File Guidelines
1219
1220 This chapter is aimed at any user who needs to write a config file,
1221 including developers and integrators of OpenOCD and any user who
1222 needs to get a new board working smoothly.
1223 It provides guidelines for creating those files.
1224
1225 You should find the following directories under @t{$(INSTALLDIR)/scripts},
1226 with files including the ones listed here.
1227 Use them as-is where you can; or as models for new files.
1228 @itemize @bullet
1229 @item @file{interface} ...
1230 These are for debug adapters.
1231 Files that configure JTAG adapters go here.
1232 @example
1233 $ ls interface
1234 arm-jtag-ew.cfg hitex_str9-comstick.cfg oocdlink.cfg
1235 arm-usb-ocd.cfg icebear.cfg openocd-usb.cfg
1236 at91rm9200.cfg jlink.cfg parport.cfg
1237 axm0432.cfg jtagkey2.cfg parport_dlc5.cfg
1238 calao-usb-a9260-c01.cfg jtagkey.cfg rlink.cfg
1239 calao-usb-a9260-c02.cfg jtagkey-tiny.cfg sheevaplug.cfg
1240 calao-usb-a9260.cfg luminary.cfg signalyzer.cfg
1241 chameleon.cfg luminary-icdi.cfg stm32-stick.cfg
1242 cortino.cfg luminary-lm3s811.cfg turtelizer2.cfg
1243 dummy.cfg olimex-arm-usb-ocd.cfg usbprog.cfg
1244 flyswatter.cfg olimex-jtag-tiny.cfg vsllink.cfg
1245 $
1246 @end example
1247 @item @file{board} ...
1248 think Circuit Board, PWA, PCB, they go by many names. Board files
1249 contain initialization items that are specific to a board.
1250 They reuse target configuration files, since the same
1251 microprocessor chips are used on many boards,
1252 but support for external parts varies widely. For
1253 example, the SDRAM initialization sequence for the board, or the type
1254 of external flash and what address it uses. Any initialization
1255 sequence to enable that external flash or SDRAM should be found in the
1256 board file. Boards may also contain multiple targets: two CPUs; or
1257 a CPU and an FPGA.
1258 @example
1259 $ ls board
1260 arm_evaluator7t.cfg keil_mcb1700.cfg
1261 at91rm9200-dk.cfg keil_mcb2140.cfg
1262 at91sam9g20-ek.cfg linksys_nslu2.cfg
1263 atmel_at91sam7s-ek.cfg logicpd_imx27.cfg
1264 atmel_at91sam9260-ek.cfg mini2440.cfg
1265 atmel_sam3u_ek.cfg olimex_LPC2378STK.cfg
1266 crossbow_tech_imote2.cfg olimex_lpc_h2148.cfg
1267 csb337.cfg olimex_sam7_ex256.cfg
1268 csb732.cfg olimex_sam9_l9260.cfg
1269 digi_connectcore_wi-9c.cfg olimex_stm32_h103.cfg
1270 dm355evm.cfg omap2420_h4.cfg
1271 dm365evm.cfg osk5912.cfg
1272 dm6446evm.cfg pic-p32mx.cfg
1273 eir.cfg propox_mmnet1001.cfg
1274 ek-lm3s1968.cfg pxa255_sst.cfg
1275 ek-lm3s3748.cfg sheevaplug.cfg
1276 ek-lm3s811.cfg stm3210e_eval.cfg
1277 ek-lm3s9b9x.cfg stm32f10x_128k_eval.cfg
1278 hammer.cfg str910-eval.cfg
1279 hitex_lpc2929.cfg telo.cfg
1280 hitex_stm32-performancestick.cfg ti_beagleboard.cfg
1281 hitex_str9-comstick.cfg topas910.cfg
1282 iar_str912_sk.cfg topasa900.cfg
1283 imx27ads.cfg unknown_at91sam9260.cfg
1284 imx27lnst.cfg x300t.cfg
1285 imx31pdk.cfg zy1000.cfg
1286 $
1287 @end example
1288 @item @file{target} ...
1289 think chip. The ``target'' directory represents the JTAG TAPs
1290 on a chip
1291 which OpenOCD should control, not a board. Two common types of targets
1292 are ARM chips and FPGA or CPLD chips.
1293 When a chip has multiple TAPs (maybe it has both ARM and DSP cores),
1294 the target config file defines all of them.
1295 @example
1296 $ ls target
1297 aduc702x.cfg imx27.cfg pxa255.cfg
1298 ar71xx.cfg imx31.cfg pxa270.cfg
1299 at91eb40a.cfg imx35.cfg readme.txt
1300 at91r40008.cfg is5114.cfg sam7se512.cfg
1301 at91rm9200.cfg ixp42x.cfg sam7x256.cfg
1302 at91sam3u1c.cfg lm3s1968.cfg samsung_s3c2410.cfg
1303 at91sam3u1e.cfg lm3s3748.cfg samsung_s3c2440.cfg
1304 at91sam3u2c.cfg lm3s6965.cfg samsung_s3c2450.cfg
1305 at91sam3u2e.cfg lm3s811.cfg samsung_s3c4510.cfg
1306 at91sam3u4c.cfg lm3s9b9x.cfg samsung_s3c6410.cfg
1307 at91sam3u4e.cfg lpc1768.cfg sharp_lh79532.cfg
1308 at91sam3uXX.cfg lpc2103.cfg smdk6410.cfg
1309 at91sam7sx.cfg lpc2124.cfg smp8634.cfg
1310 at91sam9260.cfg lpc2129.cfg stm32f1x.cfg
1311 c100.cfg lpc2148.cfg str710.cfg
1312 c100config.tcl lpc2294.cfg str730.cfg
1313 c100helper.tcl lpc2378.cfg str750.cfg
1314 c100regs.tcl lpc2478.cfg str912.cfg
1315 cs351x.cfg lpc2900.cfg telo.cfg
1316 davinci.cfg mega128.cfg ti_dm355.cfg
1317 dragonite.cfg netx500.cfg ti_dm365.cfg
1318 epc9301.cfg omap2420.cfg ti_dm6446.cfg
1319 feroceon.cfg omap3530.cfg tmpa900.cfg
1320 icepick.cfg omap5912.cfg tmpa910.cfg
1321 imx21.cfg pic32mx.cfg xba_revA3.cfg
1322 $
1323 @end example
1324 @item @emph{more} ... browse for other library files which may be useful.
1325 For example, there are various generic and CPU-specific utilities.
1326 @end itemize
1327
1328 The @file{openocd.cfg} user config
1329 file may override features in any of the above files by
1330 setting variables before sourcing the target file, or by adding
1331 commands specific to their situation.
1332
1333 @section Interface Config Files
1334
1335 The user config file
1336 should be able to source one of these files with a command like this:
1337
1338 @example
1339 source [find interface/FOOBAR.cfg]
1340 @end example
1341
1342 A preconfigured interface file should exist for every debug adapter
1343 in use today with OpenOCD.
1344 That said, perhaps some of these config files
1345 have only been used by the developer who created it.
1346
1347 A separate chapter gives information about how to set these up.
1348 @xref{Debug Adapter Configuration}.
1349 Read the OpenOCD source code (and Developer's Guide)
1350 if you have a new kind of hardware interface
1351 and need to provide a driver for it.
1352
1353 @section Board Config Files
1354 @cindex config file, board
1355 @cindex board config file
1356
1357 The user config file
1358 should be able to source one of these files with a command like this:
1359
1360 @example
1361 source [find board/FOOBAR.cfg]
1362 @end example
1363
1364 The point of a board config file is to package everything
1365 about a given board that user config files need to know.
1366 In summary the board files should contain (if present)
1367
1368 @enumerate
1369 @item One or more @command{source [target/...cfg]} statements
1370 @item NOR flash configuration (@pxref{NOR Configuration})
1371 @item NAND flash configuration (@pxref{NAND Configuration})
1372 @item Target @code{reset} handlers for SDRAM and I/O configuration
1373 @item JTAG adapter reset configuration (@pxref{Reset Configuration})
1374 @item All things that are not ``inside a chip''
1375 @end enumerate
1376
1377 Generic things inside target chips belong in target config files,
1378 not board config files. So for example a @code{reset-init} event
1379 handler should know board-specific oscillator and PLL parameters,
1380 which it passes to target-specific utility code.
1381
1382 The most complex task of a board config file is creating such a
1383 @code{reset-init} event handler.
1384 Define those handlers last, after you verify the rest of the board
1385 configuration works.
1386
1387 @subsection Communication Between Config files
1388
1389 In addition to target-specific utility code, another way that
1390 board and target config files communicate is by following a
1391 convention on how to use certain variables.
1392
1393 The full Tcl/Tk language supports ``namespaces'', but Jim-Tcl does not.
1394 Thus the rule we follow in OpenOCD is this: Variables that begin with
1395 a leading underscore are temporary in nature, and can be modified and
1396 used at will within a target configuration file.
1397
1398 Complex board config files can do the things like this,
1399 for a board with three chips:
1400
1401 @example
1402 # Chip #1: PXA270 for network side, big endian
1403 set CHIPNAME network
1404 set ENDIAN big
1405 source [find target/pxa270.cfg]
1406 # on return: _TARGETNAME = network.cpu
1407 # other commands can refer to the "network.cpu" target.
1408 $_TARGETNAME configure .... events for this CPU..
1409
1410 # Chip #2: PXA270 for video side, little endian
1411 set CHIPNAME video
1412 set ENDIAN little
1413 source [find target/pxa270.cfg]
1414 # on return: _TARGETNAME = video.cpu
1415 # other commands can refer to the "video.cpu" target.
1416 $_TARGETNAME configure .... events for this CPU..
1417
1418 # Chip #3: Xilinx FPGA for glue logic
1419 set CHIPNAME xilinx
1420 unset ENDIAN
1421 source [find target/spartan3.cfg]
1422 @end example
1423
1424 That example is oversimplified because it doesn't show any flash memory,
1425 or the @code{reset-init} event handlers to initialize external DRAM
1426 or (assuming it needs it) load a configuration into the FPGA.
1427 Such features are usually needed for low-level work with many boards,
1428 where ``low level'' implies that the board initialization software may
1429 not be working. (That's a common reason to need JTAG tools. Another
1430 is to enable working with microcontroller-based systems, which often
1431 have no debugging support except a JTAG connector.)
1432
1433 Target config files may also export utility functions to board and user
1434 config files. Such functions should use name prefixes, to help avoid
1435 naming collisions.
1436
1437 Board files could also accept input variables from user config files.
1438 For example, there might be a @code{J4_JUMPER} setting used to identify
1439 what kind of flash memory a development board is using, or how to set
1440 up other clocks and peripherals.
1441
1442 @subsection Variable Naming Convention
1443 @cindex variable names
1444
1445 Most boards have only one instance of a chip.
1446 However, it should be easy to create a board with more than
1447 one such chip (as shown above).
1448 Accordingly, we encourage these conventions for naming
1449 variables associated with different @file{target.cfg} files,
1450 to promote consistency and
1451 so that board files can override target defaults.
1452
1453 Inputs to target config files include:
1454
1455 @itemize @bullet
1456 @item @code{CHIPNAME} ...
1457 This gives a name to the overall chip, and is used as part of
1458 tap identifier dotted names.
1459 While the default is normally provided by the chip manufacturer,
1460 board files may need to distinguish between instances of a chip.
1461 @item @code{ENDIAN} ...
1462 By default @option{little} - although chips may hard-wire @option{big}.
1463 Chips that can't change endianness don't need to use this variable.
1464 @item @code{CPUTAPID} ...
1465 When OpenOCD examines the JTAG chain, it can be told verify the
1466 chips against the JTAG IDCODE register.
1467 The target file will hold one or more defaults, but sometimes the
1468 chip in a board will use a different ID (perhaps a newer revision).
1469 @end itemize
1470
1471 Outputs from target config files include:
1472
1473 @itemize @bullet
1474 @item @code{_TARGETNAME} ...
1475 By convention, this variable is created by the target configuration
1476 script. The board configuration file may make use of this variable to
1477 configure things like a ``reset init'' script, or other things
1478 specific to that board and that target.
1479 If the chip has 2 targets, the names are @code{_TARGETNAME0},
1480 @code{_TARGETNAME1}, ... etc.
1481 @end itemize
1482
1483 @subsection The reset-init Event Handler
1484 @cindex event, reset-init
1485 @cindex reset-init handler
1486
1487 Board config files run in the OpenOCD configuration stage;
1488 they can't use TAPs or targets, since they haven't been
1489 fully set up yet.
1490 This means you can't write memory or access chip registers;
1491 you can't even verify that a flash chip is present.
1492 That's done later in event handlers, of which the target @code{reset-init}
1493 handler is one of the most important.
1494
1495 Except on microcontrollers, the basic job of @code{reset-init} event
1496 handlers is setting up flash and DRAM, as normally handled by boot loaders.
1497 Microcontrollers rarely use boot loaders; they run right out of their
1498 on-chip flash and SRAM memory. But they may want to use one of these
1499 handlers too, if just for developer convenience.
1500
1501 @quotation Note
1502 Because this is so very board-specific, and chip-specific, no examples
1503 are included here.
1504 Instead, look at the board config files distributed with OpenOCD.
1505 If you have a boot loader, its source code will help; so will
1506 configuration files for other JTAG tools
1507 (@pxref{Translating Configuration Files}).
1508 @end quotation
1509
1510 Some of this code could probably be shared between different boards.
1511 For example, setting up a DRAM controller often doesn't differ by
1512 much except the bus width (16 bits or 32?) and memory timings, so a
1513 reusable TCL procedure loaded by the @file{target.cfg} file might take
1514 those as parameters.
1515 Similarly with oscillator, PLL, and clock setup;
1516 and disabling the watchdog.
1517 Structure the code cleanly, and provide comments to help
1518 the next developer doing such work.
1519 (@emph{You might be that next person} trying to reuse init code!)
1520
1521 The last thing normally done in a @code{reset-init} handler is probing
1522 whatever flash memory was configured. For most chips that needs to be
1523 done while the associated target is halted, either because JTAG memory
1524 access uses the CPU or to prevent conflicting CPU access.
1525
1526 @subsection JTAG Clock Rate
1527
1528 Before your @code{reset-init} handler has set up
1529 the PLLs and clocking, you may need to run with
1530 a low JTAG clock rate.
1531 @xref{JTAG Speed}.
1532 Then you'd increase that rate after your handler has
1533 made it possible to use the faster JTAG clock.
1534 When the initial low speed is board-specific, for example
1535 because it depends on a board-specific oscillator speed, then
1536 you should probably set it up in the board config file;
1537 if it's target-specific, it belongs in the target config file.
1538
1539 For most ARM-based processors the fastest JTAG clock@footnote{A FAQ
1540 @uref{http://www.arm.com/support/faqdev/4170.html} gives details.}
1541 is one sixth of the CPU clock; or one eighth for ARM11 cores.
1542 Consult chip documentation to determine the peak JTAG clock rate,
1543 which might be less than that.
1544
1545 @quotation Warning
1546 On most ARMs, JTAG clock detection is coupled to the core clock, so
1547 software using a @option{wait for interrupt} operation blocks JTAG access.
1548 Adaptive clocking provides a partial workaround, but a more complete
1549 solution just avoids using that instruction with JTAG debuggers.
1550 @end quotation
1551
1552 If both the chip and the board support adaptive clocking,
1553 use the @command{jtag_rclk}
1554 command, in case your board is used with JTAG adapter which
1555 also supports it. Otherwise use @command{adapter_khz}.
1556 Set the slow rate at the beginning of the reset sequence,
1557 and the faster rate as soon as the clocks are at full speed.
1558
1559 @anchor{The init_board procedure}
1560 @subsection The init_board procedure
1561 @cindex init_board procedure
1562
1563 The concept of @code{init_board} procedure is very similar to @code{init_targets} (@xref{The init_targets procedure}.)
1564 - it's a replacement of ``linear'' configuration scripts. This procedure is meant to be executed when OpenOCD enters run
1565 stage (@xref{Entering the Run Stage},) after @code{init_targets}. The idea to have spearate @code{init_targets} and
1566 @code{init_board} procedures is to allow the first one to configure everything target specific (internal flash,
1567 internal RAM, etc.) and the second one to configure everything board specific (reset signals, chip frequency,
1568 reset-init event handler, external memory, etc.). Additionally ``linear'' board config file will most likely fail when
1569 target config file uses @code{init_targets} scheme (``linear'' script is executed before @code{init} and
1570 @code{init_targets} - after), so separating these two configuration stages is very convenient, as the easiest way to
1571 overcome this problem is to convert board config file to use @code{init_board} procedure. Board config scripts don't
1572 need to override @code{init_targets} defined in target config files when they only need to to add some specifics.
1573
1574 Just as @code{init_targets}, the @code{init_board} procedure can be overriden by ``next level'' script (which sources
1575 the original), allowing greater code reuse.
1576
1577 @example
1578 ### board_file.cfg ###
1579
1580 # source target file that does most of the config in init_targets
1581 source [find target/target.cfg]
1582
1583 proc enable_fast_clock @{@} @{
1584 # enables fast on-board clock source
1585 # configures the chip to use it
1586 @}
1587
1588 # initialize only board specifics - reset, clock, adapter frequency
1589 proc init_board @{@} @{
1590 reset_config trst_and_srst trst_pulls_srst
1591
1592 $_TARGETNAME configure -event reset-init @{
1593 adapter_khz 1
1594 enable_fast_clock
1595 adapter_khz 10000
1596 @}
1597 @}
1598 @end example
1599
1600 @section Target Config Files
1601 @cindex config file, target
1602 @cindex target config file
1603
1604 Board config files communicate with target config files using
1605 naming conventions as described above, and may source one or
1606 more target config files like this:
1607
1608 @example
1609 source [find target/FOOBAR.cfg]
1610 @end example
1611
1612 The point of a target config file is to package everything
1613 about a given chip that board config files need to know.
1614 In summary the target files should contain
1615
1616 @enumerate
1617 @item Set defaults
1618 @item Add TAPs to the scan chain
1619 @item Add CPU targets (includes GDB support)
1620 @item CPU/Chip/CPU-Core specific features
1621 @item On-Chip flash
1622 @end enumerate
1623
1624 As a rule of thumb, a target file sets up only one chip.
1625 For a microcontroller, that will often include a single TAP,
1626 which is a CPU needing a GDB target, and its on-chip flash.
1627
1628 More complex chips may include multiple TAPs, and the target
1629 config file may need to define them all before OpenOCD
1630 can talk to the chip.
1631 For example, some phone chips have JTAG scan chains that include
1632 an ARM core for operating system use, a DSP,
1633 another ARM core embedded in an image processing engine,
1634 and other processing engines.
1635
1636 @subsection Default Value Boiler Plate Code
1637
1638 All target configuration files should start with code like this,
1639 letting board config files express environment-specific
1640 differences in how things should be set up.
1641
1642 @example
1643 # Boards may override chip names, perhaps based on role,
1644 # but the default should match what the vendor uses
1645 if @{ [info exists CHIPNAME] @} @{
1646 set _CHIPNAME $CHIPNAME
1647 @} else @{
1648 set _CHIPNAME sam7x256
1649 @}
1650
1651 # ONLY use ENDIAN with targets that can change it.
1652 if @{ [info exists ENDIAN] @} @{
1653 set _ENDIAN $ENDIAN
1654 @} else @{
1655 set _ENDIAN little
1656 @}
1657
1658 # TAP identifiers may change as chips mature, for example with
1659 # new revision fields (the "3" here). Pick a good default; you
1660 # can pass several such identifiers to the "jtag newtap" command.
1661 if @{ [info exists CPUTAPID ] @} @{
1662 set _CPUTAPID $CPUTAPID
1663 @} else @{
1664 set _CPUTAPID 0x3f0f0f0f
1665 @}
1666 @end example
1667 @c but 0x3f0f0f0f is for an str73x part ...
1668
1669 @emph{Remember:} Board config files may include multiple target
1670 config files, or the same target file multiple times
1671 (changing at least @code{CHIPNAME}).
1672
1673 Likewise, the target configuration file should define
1674 @code{_TARGETNAME} (or @code{_TARGETNAME0} etc) and
1675 use it later on when defining debug targets:
1676
1677 @example
1678 set _TARGETNAME $_CHIPNAME.cpu
1679 target create $_TARGETNAME arm7tdmi -chain-position $_TARGETNAME
1680 @end example
1681
1682 @subsection Adding TAPs to the Scan Chain
1683 After the ``defaults'' are set up,
1684 add the TAPs on each chip to the JTAG scan chain.
1685 @xref{TAP Declaration}, and the naming convention
1686 for taps.
1687
1688 In the simplest case the chip has only one TAP,
1689 probably for a CPU or FPGA.
1690 The config file for the Atmel AT91SAM7X256
1691 looks (in part) like this:
1692
1693 @example
1694 jtag newtap $_CHIPNAME cpu -irlen 4 -expected-id $_CPUTAPID
1695 @end example
1696
1697 A board with two such at91sam7 chips would be able
1698 to source such a config file twice, with different
1699 values for @code{CHIPNAME}, so
1700 it adds a different TAP each time.
1701
1702 If there are nonzero @option{-expected-id} values,
1703 OpenOCD attempts to verify the actual tap id against those values.
1704 It will issue error messages if there is mismatch, which
1705 can help to pinpoint problems in OpenOCD configurations.
1706
1707 @example
1708 JTAG tap: sam7x256.cpu tap/device found: 0x3f0f0f0f
1709 (Manufacturer: 0x787, Part: 0xf0f0, Version: 0x3)
1710 ERROR: Tap: sam7x256.cpu - Expected id: 0x12345678, Got: 0x3f0f0f0f
1711 ERROR: expected: mfg: 0x33c, part: 0x2345, ver: 0x1
1712 ERROR: got: mfg: 0x787, part: 0xf0f0, ver: 0x3
1713 @end example
1714
1715 There are more complex examples too, with chips that have
1716 multiple TAPs. Ones worth looking at include:
1717
1718 @itemize
1719 @item @file{target/omap3530.cfg} -- with disabled ARM and DSP,
1720 plus a JRC to enable them
1721 @item @file{target/str912.cfg} -- with flash, CPU, and boundary scan
1722 @item @file{target/ti_dm355.cfg} -- with ETM, ARM, and JRC (this JRC
1723 is not currently used)
1724 @end itemize
1725
1726 @subsection Add CPU targets
1727
1728 After adding a TAP for a CPU, you should set it up so that
1729 GDB and other commands can use it.
1730 @xref{CPU Configuration}.
1731 For the at91sam7 example above, the command can look like this;
1732 note that @code{$_ENDIAN} is not needed, since OpenOCD defaults
1733 to little endian, and this chip doesn't support changing that.
1734
1735 @example
1736 set _TARGETNAME $_CHIPNAME.cpu
1737 target create $_TARGETNAME arm7tdmi -chain-position $_TARGETNAME
1738 @end example
1739
1740 Work areas are small RAM areas associated with CPU targets.
1741 They are used by OpenOCD to speed up downloads,
1742 and to download small snippets of code to program flash chips.
1743 If the chip includes a form of ``on-chip-ram'' - and many do - define
1744 a work area if you can.
1745 Again using the at91sam7 as an example, this can look like:
1746
1747 @example
1748 $_TARGETNAME configure -work-area-phys 0x00200000 \
1749 -work-area-size 0x4000 -work-area-backup 0
1750 @end example
1751
1752 @anchor{Define CPU targets working in SMP}
1753 @subsection Define CPU targets working in SMP
1754 @cindex SMP
1755 After setting targets, you can define a list of targets working in SMP.
1756
1757 @example
1758 set _TARGETNAME_1 $_CHIPNAME.cpu1
1759 set _TARGETNAME_2 $_CHIPNAME.cpu2
1760 target create $_TARGETNAME_1 cortex_a8 -chain-position $_CHIPNAME.dap \
1761 -coreid 0 -dbgbase $_DAP_DBG1
1762 target create $_TARGETNAME_2 cortex_a8 -chain-position $_CHIPNAME.dap \
1763 -coreid 1 -dbgbase $_DAP_DBG2
1764 #define 2 targets working in smp.
1765 target smp $_CHIPNAME.cpu2 $_CHIPNAME.cpu1
1766 @end example
1767 In the above example on cortex_a8, 2 cpus are working in SMP.
1768 In SMP only one GDB instance is created and :
1769 @itemize @bullet
1770 @item a set of hardware breakpoint sets the same breakpoint on all targets in the list.
1771 @item halt command triggers the halt of all targets in the list.
1772 @item resume command triggers the write context and the restart of all targets in the list.
1773 @item following a breakpoint: the target stopped by the breakpoint is displayed to the GDB session.
1774 @item dedicated GDB serial protocol packets are implemented for switching/retrieving the target
1775 displayed by the GDB session @pxref{Using openocd SMP with GDB}.
1776 @end itemize
1777
1778 The SMP behaviour can be disabled/enabled dynamically. On cortex_a8 following
1779 command have been implemented.
1780 @itemize @bullet
1781 @item cortex_a8 smp_on : enable SMP mode, behaviour is as described above.
1782 @item cortex_a8 smp_off : disable SMP mode, the current target is the one
1783 displayed in the GDB session, only this target is now controlled by GDB
1784 session. This behaviour is useful during system boot up.
1785 @item cortex_a8 smp_gdb : display/fix the core id displayed in GDB session see
1786 following example.
1787 @end itemize
1788
1789 @example
1790 >cortex_a8 smp_gdb
1791 gdb coreid 0 -> -1
1792 #0 : coreid 0 is displayed to GDB ,
1793 #-> -1 : next resume triggers a real resume
1794 > cortex_a8 smp_gdb 1
1795 gdb coreid 0 -> 1
1796 #0 :coreid 0 is displayed to GDB ,
1797 #->1 : next resume displays coreid 1 to GDB
1798 > resume
1799 > cortex_a8 smp_gdb
1800 gdb coreid 1 -> 1
1801 #1 :coreid 1 is displayed to GDB ,
1802 #->1 : next resume displays coreid 1 to GDB
1803 > cortex_a8 smp_gdb -1
1804 gdb coreid 1 -> -1
1805 #1 :coreid 1 is displayed to GDB,
1806 #->-1 : next resume triggers a real resume
1807 @end example
1808
1809
1810 @subsection Chip Reset Setup
1811
1812 As a rule, you should put the @command{reset_config} command
1813 into the board file. Most things you think you know about a
1814 chip can be tweaked by the board.
1815
1816 Some chips have specific ways the TRST and SRST signals are
1817 managed. In the unusual case that these are @emph{chip specific}
1818 and can never be changed by board wiring, they could go here.
1819 For example, some chips can't support JTAG debugging without
1820 both signals.
1821
1822 Provide a @code{reset-assert} event handler if you can.
1823 Such a handler uses JTAG operations to reset the target,
1824 letting this target config be used in systems which don't
1825 provide the optional SRST signal, or on systems where you
1826 don't want to reset all targets at once.
1827 Such a handler might write to chip registers to force a reset,
1828 use a JRC to do that (preferable -- the target may be wedged!),
1829 or force a watchdog timer to trigger.
1830 (For Cortex-M3 targets, this is not necessary. The target
1831 driver knows how to use trigger an NVIC reset when SRST is
1832 not available.)
1833
1834 Some chips need special attention during reset handling if
1835 they're going to be used with JTAG.
1836 An example might be needing to send some commands right
1837 after the target's TAP has been reset, providing a
1838 @code{reset-deassert-post} event handler that writes a chip
1839 register to report that JTAG debugging is being done.
1840 Another would be reconfiguring the watchdog so that it stops
1841 counting while the core is halted in the debugger.
1842
1843 JTAG clocking constraints often change during reset, and in
1844 some cases target config files (rather than board config files)
1845 are the right places to handle some of those issues.
1846 For example, immediately after reset most chips run using a
1847 slower clock than they will use later.
1848 That means that after reset (and potentially, as OpenOCD
1849 first starts up) they must use a slower JTAG clock rate
1850 than they will use later.
1851 @xref{JTAG Speed}.
1852
1853 @quotation Important
1854 When you are debugging code that runs right after chip
1855 reset, getting these issues right is critical.
1856 In particular, if you see intermittent failures when
1857 OpenOCD verifies the scan chain after reset,
1858 look at how you are setting up JTAG clocking.
1859 @end quotation
1860
1861 @anchor{The init_targets procedure}
1862 @subsection The init_targets procedure
1863 @cindex init_targets procedure
1864
1865 Target config files can either be ``linear'' (script executed line-by-line when parsed in configuration stage,
1866 @xref{Configuration Stage},) or they can contain a special procedure called @code{init_targets}, which will be executed
1867 when entering run stage (after parsing all config files or after @code{init} command, @xref{Entering the Run Stage}.)
1868 Such procedure can be overriden by ``next level'' script (which sources the original). This concept faciliates code
1869 reuse when basic target config files provide generic configuration procedures and @code{init_targets} procedure, which
1870 can then be sourced and enchanced or changed in a ``more specific'' target config file. This is not possible with
1871 ``linear'' config scripts, because sourcing them executes every initialization commands they provide.
1872
1873 @example
1874 ### generic_file.cfg ###
1875
1876 proc setup_my_chip @{chip_name flash_size ram_size@} @{
1877 # basic initialization procedure ...
1878 @}
1879
1880 proc init_targets @{@} @{
1881 # initializes generic chip with 4kB of flash and 1kB of RAM
1882 setup_my_chip MY_GENERIC_CHIP 4096 1024
1883 @}
1884
1885 ### specific_file.cfg ###
1886
1887 source [find target/generic_file.cfg]
1888
1889 proc init_targets @{@} @{
1890 # initializes specific chip with 128kB of flash and 64kB of RAM
1891 setup_my_chip MY_CHIP_WITH_128K_FLASH_64KB_RAM 131072 65536
1892 @}
1893 @end example
1894
1895 The easiest way to convert ``linear'' config files to @code{init_targets} version is to enclose every line of ``code''
1896 (i.e. not @code{source} commands, procedures, etc.) in this procedure.
1897
1898 For an example of this scheme see LPC2000 target config files.
1899
1900 The @code{init_boards} procedure is a similar concept concerning board config files (@xref{The init_board procedure}.)
1901
1902 @subsection ARM Core Specific Hacks
1903
1904 If the chip has a DCC, enable it. If the chip is an ARM9 with some
1905 special high speed download features - enable it.
1906
1907 If present, the MMU, the MPU and the CACHE should be disabled.
1908
1909 Some ARM cores are equipped with trace support, which permits
1910 examination of the instruction and data bus activity. Trace
1911 activity is controlled through an ``Embedded Trace Module'' (ETM)
1912 on one of the core's scan chains. The ETM emits voluminous data
1913 through a ``trace port''. (@xref{ARM Hardware Tracing}.)
1914 If you are using an external trace port,
1915 configure it in your board config file.
1916 If you are using an on-chip ``Embedded Trace Buffer'' (ETB),
1917 configure it in your target config file.
1918
1919 @example
1920 etm config $_TARGETNAME 16 normal full etb
1921 etb config $_TARGETNAME $_CHIPNAME.etb
1922 @end example
1923
1924 @subsection Internal Flash Configuration
1925
1926 This applies @b{ONLY TO MICROCONTROLLERS} that have flash built in.
1927
1928 @b{Never ever} in the ``target configuration file'' define any type of
1929 flash that is external to the chip. (For example a BOOT flash on
1930 Chip Select 0.) Such flash information goes in a board file - not
1931 the TARGET (chip) file.
1932
1933 Examples:
1934 @itemize @bullet
1935 @item at91sam7x256 - has 256K flash YES enable it.
1936 @item str912 - has flash internal YES enable it.
1937 @item imx27 - uses boot flash on CS0 - it goes in the board file.
1938 @item pxa270 - again - CS0 flash - it goes in the board file.
1939 @end itemize
1940
1941 @anchor{Translating Configuration Files}
1942 @section Translating Configuration Files
1943 @cindex translation
1944 If you have a configuration file for another hardware debugger
1945 or toolset (Abatron, BDI2000, BDI3000, CCS,
1946 Lauterbach, Segger, Macraigor, etc.), translating
1947 it into OpenOCD syntax is often quite straightforward. The most tricky
1948 part of creating a configuration script is oftentimes the reset init
1949 sequence where e.g. PLLs, DRAM and the like is set up.
1950
1951 One trick that you can use when translating is to write small
1952 Tcl procedures to translate the syntax into OpenOCD syntax. This
1953 can avoid manual translation errors and make it easier to
1954 convert other scripts later on.
1955
1956 Example of transforming quirky arguments to a simple search and
1957 replace job:
1958
1959 @example
1960 # Lauterbach syntax(?)
1961 #
1962 # Data.Set c15:0x042f %long 0x40000015
1963 #
1964 # OpenOCD syntax when using procedure below.
1965 #
1966 # setc15 0x01 0x00050078
1967
1968 proc setc15 @{regs value@} @{
1969 global TARGETNAME
1970
1971 echo [format "set p15 0x%04x, 0x%08x" $regs $value]
1972
1973 arm mcr 15 [expr ($regs>>12)&0x7] \
1974 [expr ($regs>>0)&0xf] [expr ($regs>>4)&0xf] \
1975 [expr ($regs>>8)&0x7] $value
1976 @}
1977 @end example
1978
1979
1980
1981 @node Daemon Configuration
1982 @chapter Daemon Configuration
1983 @cindex initialization
1984 The commands here are commonly found in the openocd.cfg file and are
1985 used to specify what TCP/IP ports are used, and how GDB should be
1986 supported.
1987
1988 @anchor{Configuration Stage}
1989 @section Configuration Stage
1990 @cindex configuration stage
1991 @cindex config command
1992
1993 When the OpenOCD server process starts up, it enters a
1994 @emph{configuration stage} which is the only time that
1995 certain commands, @emph{configuration commands}, may be issued.
1996 Normally, configuration commands are only available
1997 inside startup scripts.
1998
1999 In this manual, the definition of a configuration command is
2000 presented as a @emph{Config Command}, not as a @emph{Command}
2001 which may be issued interactively.
2002 The runtime @command{help} command also highlights configuration
2003 commands, and those which may be issued at any time.
2004
2005 Those configuration commands include declaration of TAPs,
2006 flash banks,
2007 the interface used for JTAG communication,
2008 and other basic setup.
2009 The server must leave the configuration stage before it
2010 may access or activate TAPs.
2011 After it leaves this stage, configuration commands may no
2012 longer be issued.
2013
2014 @anchor{Entering the Run Stage}
2015 @section Entering the Run Stage
2016
2017 The first thing OpenOCD does after leaving the configuration
2018 stage is to verify that it can talk to the scan chain
2019 (list of TAPs) which has been configured.
2020 It will warn if it doesn't find TAPs it expects to find,
2021 or finds TAPs that aren't supposed to be there.
2022 You should see no errors at this point.
2023 If you see errors, resolve them by correcting the
2024 commands you used to configure the server.
2025 Common errors include using an initial JTAG speed that's too
2026 fast, and not providing the right IDCODE values for the TAPs
2027 on the scan chain.
2028
2029 Once OpenOCD has entered the run stage, a number of commands
2030 become available.
2031 A number of these relate to the debug targets you may have declared.
2032 For example, the @command{mww} command will not be available until
2033 a target has been successfuly instantiated.
2034 If you want to use those commands, you may need to force
2035 entry to the run stage.
2036
2037 @deffn {Config Command} init
2038 This command terminates the configuration stage and
2039 enters the run stage. This helps when you need to have
2040 the startup scripts manage tasks such as resetting the target,
2041 programming flash, etc. To reset the CPU upon startup, add "init" and
2042 "reset" at the end of the config script or at the end of the OpenOCD
2043 command line using the @option{-c} command line switch.
2044
2045 If this command does not appear in any startup/configuration file
2046 OpenOCD executes the command for you after processing all
2047 configuration files and/or command line options.
2048
2049 @b{NOTE:} This command normally occurs at or near the end of your
2050 openocd.cfg file to force OpenOCD to ``initialize'' and make the
2051 targets ready. For example: If your openocd.cfg file needs to
2052 read/write memory on your target, @command{init} must occur before
2053 the memory read/write commands. This includes @command{nand probe}.
2054 @end deffn
2055
2056 @deffn {Overridable Procedure} jtag_init
2057 This is invoked at server startup to verify that it can talk
2058 to the scan chain (list of TAPs) which has been configured.
2059
2060 The default implementation first tries @command{jtag arp_init},
2061 which uses only a lightweight JTAG reset before examining the
2062 scan chain.
2063 If that fails, it tries again, using a harder reset
2064 from the overridable procedure @command{init_reset}.
2065
2066 Implementations must have verified the JTAG scan chain before
2067 they return.
2068 This is done by calling @command{jtag arp_init}
2069 (or @command{jtag arp_init-reset}).
2070 @end deffn
2071
2072 @anchor{TCP/IP Ports}
2073 @section TCP/IP Ports
2074 @cindex TCP port
2075 @cindex server
2076 @cindex port
2077 @cindex security
2078 The OpenOCD server accepts remote commands in several syntaxes.
2079 Each syntax uses a different TCP/IP port, which you may specify
2080 only during configuration (before those ports are opened).
2081
2082 For reasons including security, you may wish to prevent remote
2083 access using one or more of these ports.
2084 In such cases, just specify the relevant port number as zero.
2085 If you disable all access through TCP/IP, you will need to
2086 use the command line @option{-pipe} option.
2087
2088 @deffn {Command} gdb_port [number]
2089 @cindex GDB server
2090 Normally gdb listens to a TCP/IP port, but GDB can also
2091 communicate via pipes(stdin/out or named pipes). The name
2092 "gdb_port" stuck because it covers probably more than 90% of
2093 the normal use cases.
2094
2095 No arguments reports GDB port. "pipe" means listen to stdin
2096 output to stdout, an integer is base port number, "disable"
2097 disables the gdb server.
2098
2099 When using "pipe", also use log_output to redirect the log
2100 output to a file so as not to flood the stdin/out pipes.
2101
2102 The -p/--pipe option is deprecated and a warning is printed
2103 as it is equivalent to passing in -c "gdb_port pipe; log_output openocd.log".
2104
2105 Any other string is interpreted as named pipe to listen to.
2106 Output pipe is the same name as input pipe, but with 'o' appended,
2107 e.g. /var/gdb, /var/gdbo.
2108
2109 The GDB port for the first target will be the base port, the
2110 second target will listen on gdb_port + 1, and so on.
2111 When not specified during the configuration stage,
2112 the port @var{number} defaults to 3333.
2113 @end deffn
2114
2115 @deffn {Command} tcl_port [number]
2116 Specify or query the port used for a simplified RPC
2117 connection that can be used by clients to issue TCL commands and get the
2118 output from the Tcl engine.
2119 Intended as a machine interface.
2120 When not specified during the configuration stage,
2121 the port @var{number} defaults to 6666.
2122
2123 @end deffn
2124
2125 @deffn {Command} telnet_port [number]
2126 Specify or query the
2127 port on which to listen for incoming telnet connections.
2128 This port is intended for interaction with one human through TCL commands.
2129 When not specified during the configuration stage,
2130 the port @var{number} defaults to 4444.
2131 When specified as zero, this port is not activated.
2132 @end deffn
2133
2134 @anchor{GDB Configuration}
2135 @section GDB Configuration
2136 @cindex GDB
2137 @cindex GDB configuration
2138 You can reconfigure some GDB behaviors if needed.
2139 The ones listed here are static and global.
2140 @xref{Target Configuration}, about configuring individual targets.
2141 @xref{Target Events}, about configuring target-specific event handling.
2142
2143 @anchor{gdb_breakpoint_override}
2144 @deffn {Command} gdb_breakpoint_override [@option{hard}|@option{soft}|@option{disable}]
2145 Force breakpoint type for gdb @command{break} commands.
2146 This option supports GDB GUIs which don't
2147 distinguish hard versus soft breakpoints, if the default OpenOCD and
2148 GDB behaviour is not sufficient. GDB normally uses hardware
2149 breakpoints if the memory map has been set up for flash regions.
2150 @end deffn
2151
2152 @anchor{gdb_flash_program}
2153 @deffn {Config Command} gdb_flash_program (@option{enable}|@option{disable})
2154 Set to @option{enable} to cause OpenOCD to program the flash memory when a
2155 vFlash packet is received.
2156 The default behaviour is @option{enable}.
2157 @end deffn
2158
2159 @deffn {Config Command} gdb_memory_map (@option{enable}|@option{disable})
2160 Set to @option{enable} to cause OpenOCD to send the memory configuration to GDB when
2161 requested. GDB will then know when to set hardware breakpoints, and program flash
2162 using the GDB load command. @command{gdb_flash_program enable} must also be enabled
2163 for flash programming to work.
2164 Default behaviour is @option{enable}.
2165 @xref{gdb_flash_program}.
2166 @end deffn
2167
2168 @deffn {Config Command} gdb_report_data_abort (@option{enable}|@option{disable})
2169 Specifies whether data aborts cause an error to be reported
2170 by GDB memory read packets.
2171 The default behaviour is @option{disable};
2172 use @option{enable} see these errors reported.
2173 @end deffn
2174
2175 @anchor{Event Polling}
2176 @section Event Polling
2177
2178 Hardware debuggers are parts of asynchronous systems,
2179 where significant events can happen at any time.
2180 The OpenOCD server needs to detect some of these events,
2181 so it can report them to through TCL command line
2182 or to GDB.
2183
2184 Examples of such events include:
2185
2186 @itemize
2187 @item One of the targets can stop running ... maybe it triggers
2188 a code breakpoint or data watchpoint, or halts itself.
2189 @item Messages may be sent over ``debug message'' channels ... many
2190 targets support such messages sent over JTAG,
2191 for receipt by the person debugging or tools.
2192 @item Loss of power ... some adapters can detect these events.
2193 @item Resets not issued through JTAG ... such reset sources
2194 can include button presses or other system hardware, sometimes
2195 including the target itself (perhaps through a watchdog).
2196 @item Debug instrumentation sometimes supports event triggering
2197 such as ``trace buffer full'' (so it can quickly be emptied)
2198 or other signals (to correlate with code behavior).
2199 @end itemize
2200
2201 None of those events are signaled through standard JTAG signals.
2202 However, most conventions for JTAG connectors include voltage
2203 level and system reset (SRST) signal detection.
2204 Some connectors also include instrumentation signals, which
2205 can imply events when those signals are inputs.
2206
2207 In general, OpenOCD needs to periodically check for those events,
2208 either by looking at the status of signals on the JTAG connector
2209 or by sending synchronous ``tell me your status'' JTAG requests
2210 to the various active targets.
2211 There is a command to manage and monitor that polling,
2212 which is normally done in the background.
2213
2214 @deffn Command poll [@option{on}|@option{off}]
2215 Poll the current target for its current state.
2216 (Also, @pxref{target curstate}.)
2217 If that target is in debug mode, architecture
2218 specific information about the current state is printed.
2219 An optional parameter
2220 allows background polling to be enabled and disabled.
2221
2222 You could use this from the TCL command shell, or
2223 from GDB using @command{monitor poll} command.
2224 Leave background polling enabled while you're using GDB.
2225 @example
2226 > poll
2227 background polling: on
2228 target state: halted
2229 target halted in ARM state due to debug-request, \
2230 current mode: Supervisor
2231 cpsr: 0x800000d3 pc: 0x11081bfc
2232 MMU: disabled, D-Cache: disabled, I-Cache: enabled
2233 >
2234 @end example
2235 @end deffn
2236
2237 @node Debug Adapter Configuration
2238 @chapter Debug Adapter Configuration
2239 @cindex config file, interface
2240 @cindex interface config file
2241
2242 Correctly installing OpenOCD includes making your operating system give
2243 OpenOCD access to debug adapters. Once that has been done, Tcl commands
2244 are used to select which one is used, and to configure how it is used.
2245
2246 @quotation Note
2247 Because OpenOCD started out with a focus purely on JTAG, you may find
2248 places where it wrongly presumes JTAG is the only transport protocol
2249 in use. Be aware that recent versions of OpenOCD are removing that
2250 limitation. JTAG remains more functional than most other transports.
2251 Other transports do not support boundary scan operations, or may be
2252 specific to a given chip vendor. Some might be usable only for
2253 programming flash memory, instead of also for debugging.
2254 @end quotation
2255
2256 Debug Adapters/Interfaces/Dongles are normally configured
2257 through commands in an interface configuration
2258 file which is sourced by your @file{openocd.cfg} file, or
2259 through a command line @option{-f interface/....cfg} option.
2260
2261 @example
2262 source [find interface/olimex-jtag-tiny.cfg]
2263 @end example
2264
2265 These commands tell
2266 OpenOCD what type of JTAG adapter you have, and how to talk to it.
2267 A few cases are so simple that you only need to say what driver to use:
2268
2269 @example
2270 # jlink interface
2271 interface jlink
2272 @end example
2273
2274 Most adapters need a bit more configuration than that.
2275
2276
2277 @section Interface Configuration
2278
2279 The interface command tells OpenOCD what type of debug adapter you are
2280 using. Depending on the type of adapter, you may need to use one or
2281 more additional commands to further identify or configure the adapter.
2282
2283 @deffn {Config Command} {interface} name
2284 Use the interface driver @var{name} to connect to the
2285 target.
2286 @end deffn
2287
2288 @deffn Command {interface_list}
2289 List the debug adapter drivers that have been built into
2290 the running copy of OpenOCD.
2291 @end deffn
2292 @deffn Command {interface transports} transport_name+
2293 Specifies the transports supported by this debug adapter.
2294 The adapter driver builds-in similar knowledge; use this only
2295 when external configuration (such as jumpering) changes what
2296 the hardware can support.
2297 @end deffn
2298
2299
2300
2301 @deffn Command {adapter_name}
2302 Returns the name of the debug adapter driver being used.
2303 @end deffn
2304
2305 @section Interface Drivers
2306
2307 Each of the interface drivers listed here must be explicitly
2308 enabled when OpenOCD is configured, in order to be made
2309 available at run time.
2310
2311 @deffn {Interface Driver} {amt_jtagaccel}
2312 Amontec Chameleon in its JTAG Accelerator configuration,
2313 connected to a PC's EPP mode parallel port.
2314 This defines some driver-specific commands:
2315
2316 @deffn {Config Command} {parport_port} number
2317 Specifies either the address of the I/O port (default: 0x378 for LPT1) or
2318 the number of the @file{/dev/parport} device.
2319 @end deffn
2320
2321 @deffn {Config Command} rtck [@option{enable}|@option{disable}]
2322 Displays status of RTCK option.
2323 Optionally sets that option first.
2324 @end deffn
2325 @end deffn
2326
2327 @deffn {Interface Driver} {arm-jtag-ew}
2328 Olimex ARM-JTAG-EW USB adapter
2329 This has one driver-specific command:
2330
2331 @deffn Command {armjtagew_info}
2332 Logs some status
2333 @end deffn
2334 @end deffn
2335
2336 @deffn {Interface Driver} {at91rm9200}
2337 Supports bitbanged JTAG from the local system,
2338 presuming that system is an Atmel AT91rm9200
2339 and a specific set of GPIOs is used.
2340 @c command: at91rm9200_device NAME
2341 @c chooses among list of bit configs ... only one option
2342 @end deffn
2343
2344 @deffn {Interface Driver} {dummy}
2345 A dummy software-only driver for debugging.
2346 @end deffn
2347
2348 @deffn {Interface Driver} {ep93xx}
2349 Cirrus Logic EP93xx based single-board computer bit-banging (in development)
2350 @end deffn
2351
2352 @deffn {Interface Driver} {ft2232}
2353 FTDI FT2232 (USB) based devices over one of the userspace libraries.
2354 These interfaces have several commands, used to configure the driver
2355 before initializing the JTAG scan chain:
2356
2357 @deffn {Config Command} {ft2232_device_desc} description
2358 Provides the USB device description (the @emph{iProduct string})
2359 of the FTDI FT2232 device. If not
2360 specified, the FTDI default value is used. This setting is only valid
2361 if compiled with FTD2XX support.
2362 @end deffn
2363
2364 @deffn {Config Command} {ft2232_serial} serial-number
2365 Specifies the @var{serial-number} of the FTDI FT2232 device to use,
2366 in case the vendor provides unique IDs and more than one FT2232 device
2367 is connected to the host.
2368 If not specified, serial numbers are not considered.
2369 (Note that USB serial numbers can be arbitrary Unicode strings,
2370 and are not restricted to containing only decimal digits.)
2371 @end deffn
2372
2373 @deffn {Config Command} {ft2232_layout} name
2374 Each vendor's FT2232 device can use different GPIO signals
2375 to control output-enables, reset signals, and LEDs.
2376 Currently valid layout @var{name} values include:
2377 @itemize @minus
2378 @item @b{axm0432_jtag} Axiom AXM-0432
2379 @item @b{comstick} Hitex STR9 comstick
2380 @item @b{cortino} Hitex Cortino JTAG interface
2381 @item @b{evb_lm3s811} Luminary Micro EVB_LM3S811 as a JTAG interface,
2382 either for the local Cortex-M3 (SRST only)
2383 or in a passthrough mode (neither SRST nor TRST)
2384 This layout can not support the SWO trace mechanism, and should be
2385 used only for older boards (before rev C).
2386 @item @b{luminary_icdi} This layout should be used with most Luminary
2387 eval boards, including Rev C LM3S811 eval boards and the eponymous
2388 ICDI boards, to debug either the local Cortex-M3 or in passthrough mode
2389 to debug some other target. It can support the SWO trace mechanism.
2390 @item @b{flyswatter} Tin Can Tools Flyswatter
2391 @item @b{icebear} ICEbear JTAG adapter from Section 5
2392 @item @b{jtagkey} Amontec JTAGkey and JTAGkey-Tiny (and compatibles)
2393 @item @b{jtagkey2} Amontec JTAGkey2 (and compatibles)
2394 @item @b{m5960} American Microsystems M5960
2395 @item @b{olimex-jtag} Olimex ARM-USB-OCD and ARM-USB-Tiny
2396 @item @b{oocdlink} OOCDLink
2397 @c oocdlink ~= jtagkey_prototype_v1
2398 @item @b{redbee-econotag} Integrated with a Redbee development board.
2399 @item @b{redbee-usb} Integrated with a Redbee USB-stick development board.
2400 @item @b{sheevaplug} Marvell Sheevaplug development kit
2401 @item @b{signalyzer} Xverve Signalyzer
2402 @item @b{stm32stick} Hitex STM32 Performance Stick
2403 @item @b{turtelizer2} egnite Software turtelizer2
2404 @item @b{usbjtag} "USBJTAG-1" layout described in the OpenOCD diploma thesis
2405 @end itemize
2406 @end deffn
2407
2408 @deffn {Config Command} {ft2232_vid_pid} [vid pid]+
2409 The vendor ID and product ID of the FTDI FT2232 device. If not specified, the FTDI
2410 default values are used.
2411 Currently, up to eight [@var{vid}, @var{pid}] pairs may be given, e.g.
2412 @example
2413 ft2232_vid_pid 0x0403 0xcff8 0x15ba 0x0003
2414 @end example
2415 @end deffn
2416
2417 @deffn {Config Command} {ft2232_latency} ms
2418 On some systems using FT2232 based JTAG interfaces the FT_Read function call in
2419 ft2232_read() fails to return the expected number of bytes. This can be caused by
2420 USB communication delays and has proved hard to reproduce and debug. Setting the
2421 FT2232 latency timer to a larger value increases delays for short USB packets but it
2422 also reduces the risk of timeouts before receiving the expected number of bytes.
2423 The OpenOCD default value is 2 and for some systems a value of 10 has proved useful.
2424 @end deffn
2425
2426 For example, the interface config file for a
2427 Turtelizer JTAG Adapter looks something like this:
2428
2429 @example
2430 interface ft2232
2431 ft2232_device_desc "Turtelizer JTAG/RS232 Adapter"
2432 ft2232_layout turtelizer2
2433 ft2232_vid_pid 0x0403 0xbdc8
2434 @end example
2435 @end deffn
2436
2437 @deffn {Interface Driver} {remote_bitbang}
2438 Drive JTAG from a remote process. This sets up a UNIX or TCP socket connection
2439 with a remote process and sends ASCII encoded bitbang requests to that process
2440 instead of directly driving JTAG.
2441
2442 The remote_bitbang driver is useful for debugging software running on
2443 processors which are being simulated.
2444
2445 @deffn {Config Command} {remote_bitbang_port} number
2446 Specifies the TCP port of the remote process to connect to or 0 to use UNIX
2447 sockets instead of TCP.
2448 @end deffn
2449
2450 @deffn {Config Command} {remote_bitbang_host} hostname
2451 Specifies the hostname of the remote process to connect to using TCP, or the
2452 name of the UNIX socket to use if remote_bitbang_port is 0.
2453 @end deffn
2454
2455 For example, to connect remotely via TCP to the host foobar you might have
2456 something like:
2457
2458 @example
2459 interface remote_bitbang
2460 remote_bitbang_port 3335
2461 remote_bitbang_host foobar
2462 @end example
2463
2464 To connect to another process running locally via UNIX sockets with socket
2465 named mysocket:
2466
2467 @example
2468 interface remote_bitbang
2469 remote_bitbang_port 0
2470 remote_bitbang_host mysocket
2471 @end example
2472 @end deffn
2473
2474 @deffn {Interface Driver} {usb_blaster}
2475 USB JTAG/USB-Blaster compatibles over one of the userspace libraries
2476 for FTDI chips. These interfaces have several commands, used to
2477 configure the driver before initializing the JTAG scan chain:
2478
2479 @deffn {Config Command} {usb_blaster_device_desc} description
2480 Provides the USB device description (the @emph{iProduct string})
2481 of the FTDI FT245 device. If not
2482 specified, the FTDI default value is used. This setting is only valid
2483 if compiled with FTD2XX support.
2484 @end deffn
2485
2486 @deffn {Config Command} {usb_blaster_vid_pid} vid pid
2487 The vendor ID and product ID of the FTDI FT245 device. If not specified,
2488 default values are used.
2489 Currently, only one @var{vid}, @var{pid} pair may be given, e.g. for
2490 Altera USB-Blaster (default):
2491 @example
2492 usb_blaster_vid_pid 0x09FB 0x6001
2493 @end example
2494 The following VID/PID is for Kolja Waschk's USB JTAG:
2495 @example
2496 usb_blaster_vid_pid 0x16C0 0x06AD
2497 @end example
2498 @end deffn
2499
2500 @deffn {Command} {usb_blaster} (@option{pin6}|@option{pin8}) (@option{0}|@option{1})
2501 Sets the state of the unused GPIO pins on USB-Blasters (pins 6 and 8 on the
2502 female JTAG header). These pins can be used as SRST and/or TRST provided the
2503 appropriate connections are made on the target board.
2504
2505 For example, to use pin 6 as SRST (as with an AVR board):
2506 @example
2507 $_TARGETNAME configure -event reset-assert \
2508 "usb_blaster pin6 1; wait 1; usb_blaster pin6 0"
2509 @end example
2510 @end deffn
2511
2512 @end deffn
2513
2514 @deffn {Interface Driver} {gw16012}
2515 Gateworks GW16012 JTAG programmer.
2516 This has one driver-specific command:
2517
2518 @deffn {Config Command} {parport_port} [port_number]
2519 Display either the address of the I/O port
2520 (default: 0x378 for LPT1) or the number of the @file{/dev/parport} device.
2521 If a parameter is provided, first switch to use that port.
2522 This is a write-once setting.
2523 @end deffn
2524 @end deffn
2525
2526 @deffn {Interface Driver} {jlink}
2527 Segger jlink USB adapter
2528 @c command: jlink caps
2529 @c dumps jlink capabilities
2530 @c command: jlink config
2531 @c access J-Link configurationif no argument this will dump the config
2532 @c command: jlink config kickstart [val]
2533 @c set Kickstart power on JTAG-pin 19.
2534 @c command: jlink config mac_address [ff:ff:ff:ff:ff:ff]
2535 @c set the MAC Address
2536 @c command: jlink config ip [A.B.C.D[/E] [F.G.H.I]]
2537 @c set the ip address of the J-Link Pro, "
2538 @c where A.B.C.D is the ip,
2539 @c E the bit of the subnet mask
2540 @c F.G.H.I the subnet mask
2541 @c command: jlink config reset
2542 @c reset the current config
2543 @c command: jlink config save
2544 @c save the current config
2545 @c command: jlink config usb_address [0x00 to 0x03 or 0xff]
2546 @c set the USB-Address,
2547 @c This will change the product id
2548 @c command: jlink info
2549 @c dumps status
2550 @c command: jlink hw_jtag (2|3)
2551 @c sets version 2 or 3
2552 @c command: jlink pid
2553 @c set the pid of the interface we want to use
2554 @end deffn
2555
2556 @deffn {Interface Driver} {parport}
2557 Supports PC parallel port bit-banging cables:
2558 Wigglers, PLD download cable, and more.
2559 These interfaces have several commands, used to configure the driver
2560 before initializing the JTAG scan chain:
2561
2562 @deffn {Config Command} {parport_cable} name
2563 Set the layout of the parallel port cable used to connect to the target.
2564 This is a write-once setting.
2565 Currently valid cable @var{name} values include:
2566
2567 @itemize @minus
2568 @item @b{altium} Altium Universal JTAG cable.
2569 @item @b{arm-jtag} Same as original wiggler except SRST and
2570 TRST connections reversed and TRST is also inverted.
2571 @item @b{chameleon} The Amontec Chameleon's CPLD when operated
2572 in configuration mode. This is only used to
2573 program the Chameleon itself, not a connected target.
2574 @item @b{dlc5} The Xilinx Parallel cable III.
2575 @item @b{flashlink} The ST Parallel cable.
2576 @item @b{lattice} Lattice ispDOWNLOAD Cable
2577 @item @b{old_amt_wiggler} The Wiggler configuration that comes with
2578 some versions of
2579 Amontec's Chameleon Programmer. The new version available from
2580 the website uses the original Wiggler layout ('@var{wiggler}')
2581 @item @b{triton} The parallel port adapter found on the
2582 ``Karo Triton 1 Development Board''.
2583 This is also the layout used by the HollyGates design
2584 (see @uref{http://www.lartmaker.nl/projects/jtag/}).
2585 @item @b{wiggler} The original Wiggler layout, also supported by
2586 several clones, such as the Olimex ARM-JTAG
2587 @item @b{wiggler2} Same as original wiggler except an led is fitted on D5.
2588 @item @b{wiggler_ntrst_inverted} Same as original wiggler except TRST is inverted.
2589 @end itemize
2590 @end deffn
2591
2592 @deffn {Config Command} {parport_port} [port_number]
2593 Display either the address of the I/O port
2594 (default: 0x378 for LPT1) or the number of the @file{/dev/parport} device.
2595 If a parameter is provided, first switch to use that port.
2596 This is a write-once setting.
2597
2598 When using PPDEV to access the parallel port, use the number of the parallel port:
2599 @option{parport_port 0} (the default). If @option{parport_port 0x378} is specified
2600 you may encounter a problem.
2601 @end deffn
2602
2603 @deffn Command {parport_toggling_time} [nanoseconds]
2604 Displays how many nanoseconds the hardware needs to toggle TCK;
2605 the parport driver uses this value to obey the
2606 @command{adapter_khz} configuration.
2607 When the optional @var{nanoseconds} parameter is given,
2608 that setting is changed before displaying the current value.
2609
2610 The default setting should work reasonably well on commodity PC hardware.
2611 However, you may want to calibrate for your specific hardware.
2612 @quotation Tip
2613 To measure the toggling time with a logic analyzer or a digital storage
2614 oscilloscope, follow the procedure below:
2615 @example
2616 > parport_toggling_time 1000
2617 > adapter_khz 500
2618 @end example
2619 This sets the maximum JTAG clock speed of the hardware, but
2620 the actual speed probably deviates from the requested 500 kHz.
2621 Now, measure the time between the two closest spaced TCK transitions.
2622 You can use @command{runtest 1000} or something similar to generate a
2623 large set of samples.
2624 Update the setting to match your measurement:
2625 @example
2626 > parport_toggling_time <measured nanoseconds>
2627 @end example
2628 Now the clock speed will be a better match for @command{adapter_khz rate}
2629 commands given in OpenOCD scripts and event handlers.
2630
2631 You can do something similar with many digital multimeters, but note
2632 that you'll probably need to run the clock continuously for several
2633 seconds before it decides what clock rate to show. Adjust the
2634 toggling time up or down until the measured clock rate is a good
2635 match for the adapter_khz rate you specified; be conservative.
2636 @end quotation
2637 @end deffn
2638
2639 @deffn {Config Command} {parport_write_on_exit} (@option{on}|@option{off})
2640 This will configure the parallel driver to write a known
2641 cable-specific value to the parallel interface on exiting OpenOCD.
2642 @end deffn
2643
2644 For example, the interface configuration file for a
2645 classic ``Wiggler'' cable on LPT2 might look something like this:
2646
2647 @example
2648 interface parport
2649 parport_port 0x278
2650 parport_cable wiggler
2651 @end example
2652 @end deffn
2653
2654 @deffn {Interface Driver} {presto}
2655 ASIX PRESTO USB JTAG programmer.
2656 @deffn {Config Command} {presto_serial} serial_string
2657 Configures the USB serial number of the Presto device to use.
2658 @end deffn
2659 @end deffn
2660
2661 @deffn {Interface Driver} {rlink}
2662 Raisonance RLink USB adapter
2663 @end deffn
2664
2665 @deffn {Interface Driver} {usbprog}
2666 usbprog is a freely programmable USB adapter.
2667 @end deffn
2668
2669 @deffn {Interface Driver} {vsllink}
2670 vsllink is part of Versaloon which is a versatile USB programmer.
2671
2672 @quotation Note
2673 This defines quite a few driver-specific commands,
2674 which are not currently documented here.
2675 @end quotation
2676 @end deffn
2677
2678 @deffn {Interface Driver} {stlink}
2679 ST Micro ST-LINK adapter.
2680
2681 @deffn {Config Command} {stlink_device_desc} description
2682 Currently Not Supported.
2683 @end deffn
2684
2685 @deffn {Config Command} {stlink_serial} serial
2686 Currently Not Supported.
2687 @end deffn
2688
2689 @deffn {Config Command} {stlink_layout} (@option{sg}|@option{usb})
2690 Specifies the stlink layout to use.
2691 @end deffn
2692
2693 @deffn {Config Command} {stlink_vid_pid} vid pid
2694 The vendor ID and product ID of the STLINK device.
2695 @end deffn
2696
2697 @deffn {Config Command} {stlink_api} api_level
2698 Manually sets the stlink api used, valid options are 1 or 2.
2699 @end deffn
2700 @end deffn
2701
2702 @deffn {Interface Driver} {opendous}
2703 opendous-jtag is a freely programmable USB adapter.
2704 @end deffn
2705
2706 @deffn {Interface Driver} {ZY1000}
2707 This is the Zylin ZY1000 JTAG debugger.
2708 @end deffn
2709
2710 @quotation Note
2711 This defines some driver-specific commands,
2712 which are not currently documented here.
2713 @end quotation
2714
2715 @deffn Command power [@option{on}|@option{off}]
2716 Turn power switch to target on/off.
2717 No arguments: print status.
2718 @end deffn
2719
2720 @section Transport Configuration
2721 @cindex Transport
2722 As noted earlier, depending on the version of OpenOCD you use,
2723 and the debug adapter you are using,
2724 several transports may be available to
2725 communicate with debug targets (or perhaps to program flash memory).
2726 @deffn Command {transport list}
2727 displays the names of the transports supported by this
2728 version of OpenOCD.
2729 @end deffn
2730
2731 @deffn Command {transport select} transport_name
2732 Select which of the supported transports to use in this OpenOCD session.
2733 The transport must be supported by the debug adapter hardware and by the
2734 version of OPenOCD you are using (including the adapter's driver).
2735 No arguments: returns name of session's selected transport.
2736 @end deffn
2737
2738 @subsection JTAG Transport
2739 @cindex JTAG
2740 JTAG is the original transport supported by OpenOCD, and most
2741 of the OpenOCD commands support it.
2742 JTAG transports expose a chain of one or more Test Access Points (TAPs),
2743 each of which must be explicitly declared.
2744 JTAG supports both debugging and boundary scan testing.
2745 Flash programming support is built on top of debug support.
2746 @subsection SWD Transport
2747 @cindex SWD
2748 @cindex Serial Wire Debug
2749 SWD (Serial Wire Debug) is an ARM-specific transport which exposes one
2750 Debug Access Point (DAP, which must be explicitly declared.
2751 (SWD uses fewer signal wires than JTAG.)
2752 SWD is debug-oriented, and does not support boundary scan testing.
2753 Flash programming support is built on top of debug support.
2754 (Some processors support both JTAG and SWD.)
2755 @deffn Command {swd newdap} ...
2756 Declares a single DAP which uses SWD transport.
2757 Parameters are currently the same as "jtag newtap" but this is
2758 expected to change.
2759 @end deffn
2760 @deffn Command {swd wcr trn prescale}
2761 Updates TRN (turnaraound delay) and prescaling.fields of the
2762 Wire Control Register (WCR).
2763 No parameters: displays current settings.
2764 @end deffn
2765
2766 @subsection SPI Transport
2767 @cindex SPI
2768 @cindex Serial Peripheral Interface
2769 The Serial Peripheral Interface (SPI) is a general purpose transport
2770 which uses four wire signaling. Some processors use it as part of a
2771 solution for flash programming.
2772
2773 @anchor{JTAG Speed}
2774 @section JTAG Speed
2775 JTAG clock setup is part of system setup.
2776 It @emph{does not belong with interface setup} since any interface
2777 only knows a few of the constraints for the JTAG clock speed.
2778 Sometimes the JTAG speed is
2779 changed during the target initialization process: (1) slow at
2780 reset, (2) program the CPU clocks, (3) run fast.
2781 Both the "slow" and "fast" clock rates are functions of the
2782 oscillators used, the chip, the board design, and sometimes
2783 power management software that may be active.
2784
2785 The speed used during reset, and the scan chain verification which
2786 follows reset, can be adjusted using a @code{reset-start}
2787 target event handler.
2788 It can then be reconfigured to a faster speed by a
2789 @code{reset-init} target event handler after it reprograms those
2790 CPU clocks, or manually (if something else, such as a boot loader,
2791 sets up those clocks).
2792 @xref{Target Events}.
2793 When the initial low JTAG speed is a chip characteristic, perhaps
2794 because of a required oscillator speed, provide such a handler
2795 in the target config file.
2796 When that speed is a function of a board-specific characteristic
2797 such as which speed oscillator is used, it belongs in the board
2798 config file instead.
2799 In both cases it's safest to also set the initial JTAG clock rate
2800 to that same slow speed, so that OpenOCD never starts up using a
2801 clock speed that's faster than the scan chain can support.
2802
2803 @example
2804 jtag_rclk 3000
2805 $_TARGET.cpu configure -event reset-start @{ jtag_rclk 3000 @}
2806 @end example
2807
2808 If your system supports adaptive clocking (RTCK), configuring
2809 JTAG to use that is probably the most robust approach.
2810 However, it introduces delays to synchronize clocks; so it
2811 may not be the fastest solution.
2812
2813 @b{NOTE:} Script writers should consider using @command{jtag_rclk}
2814 instead of @command{adapter_khz}, but only for (ARM) cores and boards
2815 which support adaptive clocking.
2816
2817 @deffn {Command} adapter_khz max_speed_kHz
2818 A non-zero speed is in KHZ. Hence: 3000 is 3mhz.
2819 JTAG interfaces usually support a limited number of
2820 speeds. The speed actually used won't be faster
2821 than the speed specified.
2822
2823 Chip data sheets generally include a top JTAG clock rate.
2824 The actual rate is often a function of a CPU core clock,
2825 and is normally less than that peak rate.
2826 For example, most ARM cores accept at most one sixth of the CPU clock.
2827
2828 Speed 0 (khz) selects RTCK method.
2829 @xref{FAQ RTCK}.
2830 If your system uses RTCK, you won't need to change the
2831 JTAG clocking after setup.
2832 Not all interfaces, boards, or targets support ``rtck''.
2833 If the interface device can not
2834 support it, an error is returned when you try to use RTCK.
2835 @end deffn
2836
2837 @defun jtag_rclk fallback_speed_kHz
2838 @cindex adaptive clocking
2839 @cindex RTCK
2840 This Tcl proc (defined in @file{startup.tcl}) attempts to enable RTCK/RCLK.
2841 If that fails (maybe the interface, board, or target doesn't
2842 support it), falls back to the specified frequency.
2843 @example
2844 # Fall back to 3mhz if RTCK is not supported
2845 jtag_rclk 3000
2846 @end example
2847 @end defun
2848
2849 @node Reset Configuration
2850 @chapter Reset Configuration
2851 @cindex Reset Configuration
2852
2853 Every system configuration may require a different reset
2854 configuration. This can also be quite confusing.
2855 Resets also interact with @var{reset-init} event handlers,
2856 which do things like setting up clocks and DRAM, and
2857 JTAG clock rates. (@xref{JTAG Speed}.)
2858 They can also interact with JTAG routers.
2859 Please see the various board files for examples.
2860
2861 @quotation Note
2862 To maintainers and integrators:
2863 Reset configuration touches several things at once.
2864 Normally the board configuration file
2865 should define it and assume that the JTAG adapter supports
2866 everything that's wired up to the board's JTAG connector.
2867
2868 However, the target configuration file could also make note
2869 of something the silicon vendor has done inside the chip,
2870 which will be true for most (or all) boards using that chip.
2871 And when the JTAG adapter doesn't support everything, the
2872 user configuration file will need to override parts of
2873 the reset configuration provided by other files.
2874 @end quotation
2875
2876 @section Types of Reset
2877
2878 There are many kinds of reset possible through JTAG, but
2879 they may not all work with a given board and adapter.
2880 That's part of why reset configuration can be error prone.
2881
2882 @itemize @bullet
2883 @item
2884 @emph{System Reset} ... the @emph{SRST} hardware signal
2885 resets all chips connected to the JTAG adapter, such as processors,
2886 power management chips, and I/O controllers. Normally resets triggered
2887 with this signal behave exactly like pressing a RESET button.
2888 @item
2889 @emph{JTAG TAP Reset} ... the @emph{TRST} hardware signal resets
2890 just the TAP controllers connected to the JTAG adapter.
2891 Such resets should not be visible to the rest of the system; resetting a
2892 device's TAP controller just puts that controller into a known state.
2893 @item
2894 @emph{Emulation Reset} ... many devices can be reset through JTAG
2895 commands. These resets are often distinguishable from system
2896 resets, either explicitly (a "reset reason" register says so)
2897 or implicitly (not all parts of the chip get reset).
2898 @item
2899 @emph{Other Resets} ... system-on-chip devices often support
2900 several other types of reset.
2901 You may need to arrange that a watchdog timer stops
2902 while debugging, preventing a watchdog reset.
2903 There may be individual module resets.
2904 @end itemize
2905
2906 In the best case, OpenOCD can hold SRST, then reset
2907 the TAPs via TRST and send commands through JTAG to halt the
2908 CPU at the reset vector before the 1st instruction is executed.
2909 Then when it finally releases the SRST signal, the system is
2910 halted under debugger control before any code has executed.
2911 This is the behavior required to support the @command{reset halt}
2912 and @command{reset init} commands; after @command{reset init} a
2913 board-specific script might do things like setting up DRAM.
2914 (@xref{Reset Command}.)
2915
2916 @anchor{SRST and TRST Issues}
2917 @section SRST and TRST Issues
2918
2919 Because SRST and TRST are hardware signals, they can have a
2920 variety of system-specific constraints. Some of the most
2921 common issues are:
2922
2923 @itemize @bullet
2924
2925 @item @emph{Signal not available} ... Some boards don't wire
2926 SRST or TRST to the JTAG connector. Some JTAG adapters don't
2927 support such signals even if they are wired up.
2928 Use the @command{reset_config} @var{signals} options to say
2929 when either of those signals is not connected.
2930 When SRST is not available, your code might not be able to rely
2931 on controllers having been fully reset during code startup.
2932 Missing TRST is not a problem, since JTAG-level resets can
2933 be triggered using with TMS signaling.
2934
2935 @item @emph{Signals shorted} ... Sometimes a chip, board, or
2936 adapter will connect SRST to TRST, instead of keeping them separate.
2937 Use the @command{reset_config} @var{combination} options to say
2938 when those signals aren't properly independent.
2939
2940 @item @emph{Timing} ... Reset circuitry like a resistor/capacitor
2941 delay circuit, reset supervisor, or on-chip features can extend
2942 the effect of a JTAG adapter's reset for some time after the adapter
2943 stops issuing the reset. For example, there may be chip or board
2944 requirements that all reset pulses last for at least a
2945 certain amount of time; and reset buttons commonly have
2946 hardware debouncing.
2947 Use the @command{adapter_nsrst_delay} and @command{jtag_ntrst_delay}
2948 commands to say when extra delays are needed.
2949
2950 @item @emph{Drive type} ... Reset lines often have a pullup
2951 resistor, letting the JTAG interface treat them as open-drain
2952 signals. But that's not a requirement, so the adapter may need
2953 to use push/pull output drivers.
2954 Also, with weak pullups it may be advisable to drive
2955 signals to both levels (push/pull) to minimize rise times.
2956 Use the @command{reset_config} @var{trst_type} and
2957 @var{srst_type} parameters to say how to drive reset signals.
2958
2959 @item @emph{Special initialization} ... Targets sometimes need
2960 special JTAG initialization sequences to handle chip-specific
2961 issues (not limited to errata).
2962 For example, certain JTAG commands might need to be issued while
2963 the system as a whole is in a reset state (SRST active)
2964 but the JTAG scan chain is usable (TRST inactive).
2965 Many systems treat combined assertion of SRST and TRST as a
2966 trigger for a harder reset than SRST alone.
2967 Such custom reset handling is discussed later in this chapter.
2968 @end itemize
2969
2970 There can also be other issues.
2971 Some devices don't fully conform to the JTAG specifications.
2972 Trivial system-specific differences are common, such as
2973 SRST and TRST using slightly different names.
2974 There are also vendors who distribute key JTAG documentation for
2975 their chips only to developers who have signed a Non-Disclosure
2976 Agreement (NDA).
2977
2978 Sometimes there are chip-specific extensions like a requirement to use
2979 the normally-optional TRST signal (precluding use of JTAG adapters which
2980 don't pass TRST through), or needing extra steps to complete a TAP reset.
2981
2982 In short, SRST and especially TRST handling may be very finicky,
2983 needing to cope with both architecture and board specific constraints.
2984
2985 @section Commands for Handling Resets
2986
2987 @deffn {Command} adapter_nsrst_assert_width milliseconds
2988 Minimum amount of time (in milliseconds) OpenOCD should wait
2989 after asserting nSRST (active-low system reset) before
2990 allowing it to be deasserted.
2991 @end deffn
2992
2993 @deffn {Command} adapter_nsrst_delay milliseconds
2994 How long (in milliseconds) OpenOCD should wait after deasserting
2995 nSRST (active-low system reset) before starting new JTAG operations.
2996 When a board has a reset button connected to SRST line it will
2997 probably have hardware debouncing, implying you should use this.
2998 @end deffn
2999
3000 @deffn {Command} jtag_ntrst_assert_width milliseconds
3001 Minimum amount of time (in milliseconds) OpenOCD should wait
3002 after asserting nTRST (active-low JTAG TAP reset) before
3003 allowing it to be deasserted.
3004 @end deffn
3005
3006 @deffn {Command} jtag_ntrst_delay milliseconds
3007 How long (in milliseconds) OpenOCD should wait after deasserting
3008 nTRST (active-low JTAG TAP reset) before starting new JTAG operations.
3009 @end deffn
3010
3011 @deffn {Command} reset_config mode_flag ...
3012 This command displays or modifies the reset configuration
3013 of your combination of JTAG board and target in target
3014 configuration scripts.
3015
3016 Information earlier in this section describes the kind of problems
3017 the command is intended to address (@pxref{SRST and TRST Issues}).
3018 As a rule this command belongs only in board config files,
3019 describing issues like @emph{board doesn't connect TRST};
3020 or in user config files, addressing limitations derived
3021 from a particular combination of interface and board.
3022 (An unlikely example would be using a TRST-only adapter
3023 with a board that only wires up SRST.)
3024
3025 The @var{mode_flag} options can be specified in any order, but only one
3026 of each type -- @var{signals}, @var{combination},
3027 @var{gates},
3028 @var{trst_type},
3029 and @var{srst_type} -- may be specified at a time.
3030 If you don't provide a new value for a given type, its previous
3031 value (perhaps the default) is unchanged.
3032 For example, this means that you don't need to say anything at all about
3033 TRST just to declare that if the JTAG adapter should want to drive SRST,
3034 it must explicitly be driven high (@option{srst_push_pull}).
3035
3036 @itemize
3037 @item
3038 @var{signals} can specify which of the reset signals are connected.
3039 For example, If the JTAG interface provides SRST, but the board doesn't
3040 connect that signal properly, then OpenOCD can't use it.
3041 Possible values are @option{none} (the default), @option{trst_only},
3042 @option{srst_only} and @option{trst_and_srst}.
3043
3044 @quotation Tip
3045 If your board provides SRST and/or TRST through the JTAG connector,
3046 you must declare that so those signals can be used.
3047 @end quotation
3048
3049 @item
3050 The @var{combination} is an optional value specifying broken reset
3051 signal implementations.
3052 The default behaviour if no option given is @option{separate},
3053 indicating everything behaves normally.
3054 @option{srst_pulls_trst} states that the
3055 test logic is reset together with the reset of the system (e.g. NXP
3056 LPC2000, "broken" board layout), @option{trst_pulls_srst} says that
3057 the system is reset together with the test logic (only hypothetical, I
3058 haven't seen hardware with such a bug, and can be worked around).
3059 @option{combined} implies both @option{srst_pulls_trst} and
3060 @option{trst_pulls_srst}.
3061
3062 @item
3063 The @var{gates} tokens control flags that describe some cases where
3064 JTAG may be unvailable during reset.
3065 @option{srst_gates_jtag} (default)
3066 indicates that asserting SRST gates the
3067 JTAG clock. This means that no communication can happen on JTAG
3068 while SRST is asserted.
3069 Its converse is @option{srst_nogate}, indicating that JTAG commands
3070 can safely be issued while SRST is active.
3071 @end itemize
3072
3073 The optional @var{trst_type} and @var{srst_type} parameters allow the
3074 driver mode of each reset line to be specified. These values only affect
3075 JTAG interfaces with support for different driver modes, like the Amontec
3076 JTAGkey and JTAG Accelerator. Also, they are necessarily ignored if the
3077 relevant signal (TRST or SRST) is not connected.
3078
3079 @itemize
3080 @item
3081 Possible @var{trst_type} driver modes for the test reset signal (TRST)
3082 are the default @option{trst_push_pull}, and @option{trst_open_drain}.
3083 Most boards connect this signal to a pulldown, so the JTAG TAPs
3084 never leave reset unless they are hooked up to a JTAG adapter.
3085
3086 @item
3087 Possible @var{srst_type} driver modes for the system reset signal (SRST)
3088 are the default @option{srst_open_drain}, and @option{srst_push_pull}.
3089 Most boards connect this signal to a pullup, and allow the
3090 signal to be pulled low by various events including system
3091 powerup and pressing a reset button.
3092 @end itemize
3093 @end deffn
3094
3095 @section Custom Reset Handling
3096 @cindex events
3097
3098 OpenOCD has several ways to help support the various reset
3099 mechanisms provided by chip and board vendors.
3100 The commands shown in the previous section give standard parameters.
3101 There are also @emph{event handlers} associated with TAPs or Targets.
3102 Those handlers are Tcl procedures you can provide, which are invoked
3103 at particular points in the reset sequence.
3104
3105 @emph{When SRST is not an option} you must set
3106 up a @code{reset-assert} event handler for your target.
3107 For example, some JTAG adapters don't include the SRST signal;
3108 and some boards have multiple targets, and you won't always
3109 want to reset everything at once.
3110
3111 After configuring those mechanisms, you might still
3112 find your board doesn't start up or reset correctly.
3113 For example, maybe it needs a slightly different sequence
3114 of SRST and/or TRST manipulations, because of quirks that
3115 the @command{reset_config} mechanism doesn't address;
3116 or asserting both might trigger a stronger reset, which
3117 needs special attention.
3118
3119 Experiment with lower level operations, such as @command{jtag_reset}
3120 and the @command{jtag arp_*} operations shown here,
3121 to find a sequence of operations that works.
3122 @xref{JTAG Commands}.
3123 When you find a working sequence, it can be used to override
3124 @command{jtag_init}, which fires during OpenOCD startup
3125 (@pxref{Configuration Stage});
3126 or @command{init_reset}, which fires during reset processing.
3127
3128 You might also want to provide some project-specific reset
3129 schemes. For example, on a multi-target board the standard
3130 @command{reset} command would reset all targets, but you
3131 may need the ability to reset only one target at time and
3132 thus want to avoid using the board-wide SRST signal.
3133
3134 @deffn {Overridable Procedure} init_reset mode
3135 This is invoked near the beginning of the @command{reset} command,
3136 usually to provide as much of a cold (power-up) reset as practical.
3137 By default it is also invoked from @command{jtag_init} if
3138 the scan chain does not respond to pure JTAG operations.
3139 The @var{mode} parameter is the parameter given to the
3140 low level reset command (@option{halt},
3141 @option{init}, or @option{run}), @option{setup},
3142 or potentially some other value.
3143
3144 The default implementation just invokes @command{jtag arp_init-reset}.
3145 Replacements will normally build on low level JTAG
3146 operations such as @command{jtag_reset}.
3147 Operations here must not address individual TAPs
3148 (or their associated targets)
3149 until the JTAG scan chain has first been verified to work.
3150
3151 Implementations must have verified the JTAG scan chain before
3152 they return.
3153 This is done by calling @command{jtag arp_init}
3154 (or @command{jtag arp_init-reset}).
3155 @end deffn
3156
3157 @deffn Command {jtag arp_init}
3158 This validates the scan chain using just the four
3159 standard JTAG signals (TMS, TCK, TDI, TDO).
3160 It starts by issuing a JTAG-only reset.
3161 Then it performs checks to verify that the scan chain configuration
3162 matches the TAPs it can observe.
3163 Those checks include checking IDCODE values for each active TAP,
3164 and verifying the length of their instruction registers using
3165 TAP @code{-ircapture} and @code{-irmask} values.
3166 If these tests all pass, TAP @code{setup} events are
3167 issued to all TAPs with handlers for that event.
3168 @end deffn
3169
3170 @deffn Command {jtag arp_init-reset}
3171 This uses TRST and SRST to try resetting
3172 everything on the JTAG scan chain
3173 (and anything else connected to SRST).
3174 It then invokes the logic of @command{jtag arp_init}.
3175 @end deffn
3176
3177
3178 @node TAP Declaration
3179 @chapter TAP Declaration
3180 @cindex TAP declaration
3181 @cindex TAP configuration
3182
3183 @emph{Test Access Ports} (TAPs) are the core of JTAG.
3184 TAPs serve many roles, including:
3185
3186 @itemize @bullet
3187 @item @b{Debug Target} A CPU TAP can be used as a GDB debug target
3188 @item @b{Flash Programing} Some chips program the flash directly via JTAG.
3189 Others do it indirectly, making a CPU do it.
3190 @item @b{Program Download} Using the same CPU support GDB uses,
3191 you can initialize a DRAM controller, download code to DRAM, and then
3192 start running that code.
3193 @item @b{Boundary Scan} Most chips support boundary scan, which
3194 helps test for board assembly problems like solder bridges
3195 and missing connections
3196 @end itemize
3197
3198 OpenOCD must know about the active TAPs on your board(s).
3199 Setting up the TAPs is the core task of your configuration files.
3200 Once those TAPs are set up, you can pass their names to code
3201 which sets up CPUs and exports them as GDB targets,
3202 probes flash memory, performs low-level JTAG operations, and more.
3203
3204 @section Scan Chains
3205 @cindex scan chain
3206
3207 TAPs are part of a hardware @dfn{scan chain},
3208 which is daisy chain of TAPs.
3209 They also need to be added to
3210 OpenOCD's software mirror of that hardware list,
3211 giving each member a name and associating other data with it.
3212 Simple scan chains, with a single TAP, are common in
3213 systems with a single microcontroller or microprocessor.
3214 More complex chips may have several TAPs internally.
3215 Very complex scan chains might have a dozen or more TAPs:
3216 several in one chip, more in the next, and connecting
3217 to other boards with their own chips and TAPs.
3218
3219 You can display the list with the @command{scan_chain} command.
3220 (Don't confuse this with the list displayed by the @command{targets}
3221 command, presented in the next chapter.
3222 That only displays TAPs for CPUs which are configured as
3223 debugging targets.)
3224 Here's what the scan chain might look like for a chip more than one TAP:
3225
3226 @verbatim
3227 TapName Enabled IdCode Expected IrLen IrCap IrMask
3228 -- ------------------ ------- ---------- ---------- ----- ----- ------
3229 0 omap5912.dsp Y 0x03df1d81 0x03df1d81 38 0x01 0x03
3230 1 omap5912.arm Y 0x0692602f 0x0692602f 4 0x01 0x0f
3231 2 omap5912.unknown Y 0x00000000 0x00000000 8 0x01 0x03
3232 @end verbatim
3233
3234 OpenOCD can detect some of that information, but not all
3235 of it. @xref{Autoprobing}.
3236 Unfortunately those TAPs can't always be autoconfigured,
3237 because not all devices provide good support for that.
3238 JTAG doesn't require supporting IDCODE instructions, and
3239 chips with JTAG routers may not link TAPs into the chain
3240 until they are told to do so.
3241
3242 The configuration mechanism currently supported by OpenOCD
3243 requires explicit configuration of all TAP devices using
3244 @command{jtag newtap} commands, as detailed later in this chapter.
3245 A command like this would declare one tap and name it @code{chip1.cpu}:
3246
3247 @example
3248 jtag newtap chip1 cpu -irlen 4 -expected-id 0x3ba00477
3249 @end example
3250
3251 Each target configuration file lists the TAPs provided
3252 by a given chip.
3253 Board configuration files combine all the targets on a board,
3254 and so forth.
3255 Note that @emph{the order in which TAPs are declared is very important.}
3256 It must match the order in the JTAG scan chain, both inside
3257 a single chip and between them.
3258 @xref{FAQ TAP Order}.
3259
3260 For example, the ST Microsystems STR912 chip has
3261 three separate TAPs@footnote{See the ST
3262 document titled: @emph{STR91xFAxxx, Section 3.15 Jtag Interface, Page:
3263 28/102, Figure 3: JTAG chaining inside the STR91xFA}.
3264 @url{http://eu.st.com/stonline/products/literature/ds/13495.pdf}}.
3265 To configure those taps, @file{target/str912.cfg}
3266 includes commands something like this:
3267
3268 @example
3269 jtag newtap str912 flash ... params ...
3270 jtag newtap str912 cpu ... params ...
3271 jtag newtap str912 bs ... params ...
3272 @end example
3273
3274 Actual config files use a variable instead of literals like
3275 @option{str912}, to support more than one chip of each type.
3276 @xref{Config File Guidelines}.
3277
3278 @deffn Command {jtag names}
3279 Returns the names of all current TAPs in the scan chain.
3280 Use @command{jtag cget} or @command{jtag tapisenabled}
3281 to examine attributes and state of each TAP.
3282 @example
3283 foreach t [jtag names] @{
3284 puts [format "TAP: %s\n" $t]
3285 @}
3286 @end example
3287 @end deffn
3288
3289 @deffn Command {scan_chain}
3290 Displays the TAPs in the scan chain configuration,
3291 and their status.
3292 The set of TAPs listed by this command is fixed by
3293 exiting the OpenOCD configuration stage,
3294 but systems with a JTAG router can
3295 enable or disable TAPs dynamically.
3296 @end deffn
3297
3298 @c FIXME! "jtag cget" should be able to return all TAP
3299 @c attributes, like "$target_name cget" does for targets.
3300
3301 @c Probably want "jtag eventlist", and a "tap-reset" event
3302 @c (on entry to RESET state).
3303
3304 @section TAP Names
3305 @cindex dotted name
3306
3307 When TAP objects are declared with @command{jtag newtap},
3308 a @dfn{dotted.name} is created for the TAP, combining the
3309 name of a module (usually a chip) and a label for the TAP.
3310 For example: @code{xilinx.tap}, @code{str912.flash},
3311 @code{omap3530.jrc}, @code{dm6446.dsp}, or @code{stm32.cpu}.
3312 Many other commands use that dotted.name to manipulate or
3313 refer to the TAP. For example, CPU configuration uses the
3314 name, as does declaration of NAND or NOR flash banks.
3315
3316 The components of a dotted name should follow ``C'' symbol
3317 name rules: start with an alphabetic character, then numbers
3318 and underscores are OK; while others (including dots!) are not.
3319
3320 @quotation Tip
3321 In older code, JTAG TAPs were numbered from 0..N.
3322 This feature is still present.
3323 However its use is highly discouraged, and
3324 should not be relied on; it will be removed by mid-2010.
3325 Update all of your scripts to use TAP names rather than numbers,
3326 by paying attention to the runtime warnings they trigger.
3327 Using TAP numbers in target configuration scripts prevents
3328 reusing those scripts on boards with multiple targets.
3329 @end quotation
3330
3331 @section TAP Declaration Commands
3332
3333 @c shouldn't this be(come) a {Config Command}?
3334 @anchor{jtag newtap}
3335 @deffn Command {jtag newtap} chipname tapname configparams...
3336 Declares a new TAP with the dotted name @var{chipname}.@var{tapname},
3337 and configured according to the various @var{configparams}.
3338
3339 The @var{chipname} is a symbolic name for the chip.
3340 Conventionally target config files use @code{$_CHIPNAME},
3341 defaulting to the model name given by the chip vendor but
3342 overridable.
3343
3344 @cindex TAP naming convention
3345 The @var{tapname} reflects the role of that TAP,
3346 and should follow this convention:
3347
3348 @itemize @bullet
3349 @item @code{bs} -- For boundary scan if this is a seperate TAP;
3350 @item @code{cpu} -- The main CPU of the chip, alternatively
3351 @code{arm} and @code{dsp} on chips with both ARM and DSP CPUs,
3352 @code{arm1} and @code{arm2} on chips two ARMs, and so forth;
3353 @item @code{etb} -- For an embedded trace buffer (example: an ARM ETB11);
3354 @item @code{flash} -- If the chip has a flash TAP, like the str912;
3355 @item @code{jrc} -- For JTAG route controller (example: the ICEpick modules
3356 on many Texas Instruments chips, like the OMAP3530 on Beagleboards);
3357 @item @code{tap} -- Should be used only FPGA or CPLD like devices
3358 with a single TAP;
3359 @item @code{unknownN} -- If you have no idea what the TAP is for (N is a number);
3360 @item @emph{when in doubt} -- Use the chip maker's name in their data sheet.
3361 For example, the Freescale IMX31 has a SDMA (Smart DMA) with
3362 a JTAG TAP; that TAP should be named @code{sdma}.
3363 @end itemize
3364
3365 Every TAP requires at least the following @var{configparams}:
3366
3367 @itemize @bullet
3368 @item @code{-irlen} @var{NUMBER}
3369 @*The length in bits of the
3370 instruction register, such as 4 or 5 bits.
3371 @end itemize
3372
3373 A TAP may also provide optional @var{configparams}:
3374
3375 @itemize @bullet
3376 @item @code{-disable} (or @code{-enable})
3377 @*Use the @code{-disable} parameter to flag a TAP which is not
3378 linked in to the scan chain after a reset using either TRST
3379 or the JTAG state machine's @sc{reset} state.
3380 You may use @code{-enable} to highlight the default state
3381 (the TAP is linked in).
3382 @xref{Enabling and Disabling TAPs}.
3383 @item @code{-expected-id} @var{number}
3384 @*A non-zero @var{number} represents a 32-bit IDCODE
3385 which you expect to find when the scan chain is examined.
3386 These codes are not required by all JTAG devices.
3387 @emph{Repeat the option} as many times as required if more than one
3388 ID code could appear (for example, multiple versions).
3389 Specify @var{number} as zero to suppress warnings about IDCODE
3390 values that were found but not included in the list.
3391
3392 Provide this value if at all possible, since it lets OpenOCD
3393 tell when the scan chain it sees isn't right. These values
3394 are provided in vendors' chip documentation, usually a technical
3395 reference manual. Sometimes you may need to probe the JTAG
3396 hardware to find these values.
3397 @xref{Autoprobing}.
3398 @item @code{-ignore-version}
3399 @*Specify this to ignore the JTAG version field in the @code{-expected-id}
3400 option. When vendors put out multiple versions of a chip, or use the same
3401 JTAG-level ID for several largely-compatible chips, it may be more practical
3402 to ignore the version field than to update config files to handle all of
3403 the various chip IDs. The version field is defined as bit 28-31 of the IDCODE.
3404 @item @code{-ircapture} @var{NUMBER}
3405 @*The bit pattern loaded by the TAP into the JTAG shift register
3406 on entry to the @sc{ircapture} state, such as 0x01.
3407 JTAG requires the two LSBs of this value to be 01.
3408 By default, @code{-ircapture} and @code{-irmask} are set
3409 up to verify that two-bit value. You may provide
3410 additional bits, if you know them, or indicate that
3411 a TAP doesn't conform to the JTAG specification.
3412 @item @code{-irmask} @var{NUMBER}
3413 @*A mask used with @code{-ircapture}
3414 to verify that instruction scans work correctly.
3415 Such scans are not used by OpenOCD except to verify that
3416 there seems to be no problems with JTAG scan chain operations.
3417 @end itemize
3418 @end deffn
3419
3420 @section Other TAP commands
3421
3422 @deffn Command {jtag cget} dotted.name @option{-event} name
3423 @deffnx Command {jtag configure} dotted.name @option{-event} name string
3424 At this writing this TAP attribute
3425 mechanism is used only for event handling.
3426 (It is not a direct analogue of the @code{cget}/@code{configure}
3427 mechanism for debugger targets.)
3428 See the next section for information about the available events.
3429
3430 The @code{configure} subcommand assigns an event handler,
3431 a TCL string which is evaluated when the event is triggered.
3432 The @code{cget} subcommand returns that handler.
3433 @end deffn
3434
3435 @anchor{TAP Events}
3436 @section TAP Events
3437 @cindex events
3438 @cindex TAP events
3439
3440 OpenOCD includes two event mechanisms.
3441 The one presented here applies to all JTAG TAPs.
3442 The other applies to debugger targets,
3443 which are associated with certain TAPs.
3444
3445 The TAP events currently defined are:
3446
3447 @itemize @bullet
3448 @item @b{post-reset}
3449 @* The TAP has just completed a JTAG reset.
3450 The tap may still be in the JTAG @sc{reset} state.
3451 Handlers for these events might perform initialization sequences
3452 such as issuing TCK cycles, TMS sequences to ensure
3453 exit from the ARM SWD mode, and more.
3454
3455 Because the scan chain has not yet been verified, handlers for these events
3456 @emph{should not issue commands which scan the JTAG IR or DR registers}
3457 of any particular target.
3458 @b{NOTE:} As this is written (September 2009), nothing prevents such access.
3459 @item @b{setup}
3460 @* The scan chain has been reset and verified.
3461 This handler may enable TAPs as needed.
3462 @item @b{tap-disable}
3463 @* The TAP needs to be disabled. This handler should
3464 implement @command{jtag tapdisable}
3465 by issuing the relevant JTAG commands.
3466 @item @b{tap-enable}
3467 @* The TAP needs to be enabled. This handler should
3468 implement @command{jtag tapenable}
3469 by issuing the relevant JTAG commands.
3470 @end itemize
3471
3472 If you need some action after each JTAG reset, which isn't actually
3473 specific to any TAP (since you can't yet trust the scan chain's
3474 contents to be accurate), you might:
3475
3476 @example
3477 jtag configure CHIP.jrc -event post-reset @{
3478 echo "JTAG Reset done"
3479 ... non-scan jtag operations to be done after reset
3480 @}
3481 @end example
3482
3483
3484 @anchor{Enabling and Disabling TAPs}
3485 @section Enabling and Disabling TAPs
3486 @cindex JTAG Route Controller
3487 @cindex jrc
3488
3489 In some systems, a @dfn{JTAG Route Controller} (JRC)
3490 is used to enable and/or disable specific JTAG TAPs.
3491 Many ARM based chips from Texas Instruments include
3492 an ``ICEpick'' module, which is a JRC.
3493 Such chips include DaVinci and OMAP3 processors.
3494
3495 A given TAP may not be visible until the JRC has been
3496 told to link it into the scan chain; and if the JRC
3497 has been told to unlink that TAP, it will no longer
3498 be visible.
3499 Such routers address problems that JTAG ``bypass mode''
3500 ignores, such as:
3501
3502 @itemize
3503 @item The scan chain can only go as fast as its slowest TAP.
3504 @item Having many TAPs slows instruction scans, since all
3505 TAPs receive new instructions.
3506 @item TAPs in the scan chain must be powered up, which wastes
3507 power and prevents debugging some power management mechanisms.
3508 @end itemize
3509
3510 The IEEE 1149.1 JTAG standard has no concept of a ``disabled'' tap,
3511 as implied by the existence of JTAG routers.
3512 However, the upcoming IEEE 1149.7 framework (layered on top of JTAG)
3513 does include a kind of JTAG router functionality.
3514
3515 @c (a) currently the event handlers don't seem to be able to
3516 @c fail in a way that could lead to no-change-of-state.
3517
3518 In OpenOCD, tap enabling/disabling is invoked by the Tcl commands
3519 shown below, and is implemented using TAP event handlers.
3520 So for example, when defining a TAP for a CPU connected to
3521 a JTAG router, your @file{target.cfg} file
3522 should define TAP event handlers using
3523 code that looks something like this:
3524
3525 @example
3526 jtag configure CHIP.cpu -event tap-enable @{
3527 ... jtag operations using CHIP.jrc
3528 @}
3529 jtag configure CHIP.cpu -event tap-disable @{
3530 ... jtag operations using CHIP.jrc
3531 @}
3532 @end example
3533
3534 Then you might want that CPU's TAP enabled almost all the time:
3535
3536 @example
3537 jtag configure $CHIP.jrc -event setup "jtag tapenable $CHIP.cpu"
3538 @end example
3539
3540 Note how that particular setup event handler declaration
3541 uses quotes to evaluate @code{$CHIP} when the event is configured.
3542 Using brackets @{ @} would cause it to be evaluated later,
3543 at runtime, when it might have a different value.
3544
3545 @deffn Command {jtag tapdisable} dotted.name
3546 If necessary, disables the tap
3547 by sending it a @option{tap-disable} event.
3548 Returns the string "1" if the tap
3549 specified by @var{dotted.name} is enabled,
3550 and "0" if it is disabled.
3551 @end deffn
3552
3553 @deffn Command {jtag tapenable} dotted.name
3554 If necessary, enables the tap
3555 by sending it a @option{tap-enable} event.
3556 Returns the string "1" if the tap
3557 specified by @var{dotted.name} is enabled,
3558 and "0" if it is disabled.
3559 @end deffn
3560
3561 @deffn Command {jtag tapisenabled} dotted.name
3562 Returns the string "1" if the tap
3563 specified by @var{dotted.name} is enabled,
3564 and "0" if it is disabled.
3565
3566 @quotation Note
3567 Humans will find the @command{scan_chain} command more helpful
3568 for querying the state of the JTAG taps.
3569 @end quotation
3570 @end deffn
3571
3572 @anchor{Autoprobing}
3573 @section Autoprobing
3574 @cindex autoprobe
3575 @cindex JTAG autoprobe
3576
3577 TAP configuration is the first thing that needs to be done
3578 after interface and reset configuration. Sometimes it's
3579 hard finding out what TAPs exist, or how they are identified.
3580 Vendor documentation is not always easy to find and use.
3581
3582 To help you get past such problems, OpenOCD has a limited
3583 @emph{autoprobing} ability to look at the scan chain, doing
3584 a @dfn{blind interrogation} and then reporting the TAPs it finds.
3585 To use this mechanism, start the OpenOCD server with only data
3586 that configures your JTAG interface, and arranges to come up
3587 with a slow clock (many devices don't support fast JTAG clocks
3588 right when they come out of reset).
3589
3590 For example, your @file{openocd.cfg} file might have:
3591
3592 @example
3593 source [find interface/olimex-arm-usb-tiny-h.cfg]
3594 reset_config trst_and_srst
3595 jtag_rclk 8
3596 @end example
3597
3598 When you start the server without any TAPs configured, it will
3599 attempt to autoconfigure the TAPs. There are two parts to this:
3600
3601 @enumerate
3602 @item @emph{TAP discovery} ...
3603 After a JTAG reset (sometimes a system reset may be needed too),
3604 each TAP's data registers will hold the contents of either the
3605 IDCODE or BYPASS register.
3606 If JTAG communication is working, OpenOCD will see each TAP,
3607 and report what @option{-expected-id} to use with it.
3608 @item @emph{IR Length discovery} ...
3609 Unfortunately JTAG does not provide a reliable way to find out
3610 the value of the @option{-irlen} parameter to use with a TAP
3611 that is discovered.
3612 If OpenOCD can discover the length of a TAP's instruction
3613 register, it will report it.
3614 Otherwise you may need to consult vendor documentation, such
3615 as chip data sheets or BSDL files.
3616 @end enumerate
3617
3618 In many cases your board will have a simple scan chain with just
3619 a single device. Here's what OpenOCD reported with one board
3620 that's a bit more complex:
3621
3622 @example
3623 clock speed 8 kHz
3624 There are no enabled taps. AUTO PROBING MIGHT NOT WORK!!
3625 AUTO auto0.tap - use "jtag newtap auto0 tap -expected-id 0x2b900f0f ..."
3626 AUTO auto1.tap - use "jtag newtap auto1 tap -expected-id 0x07926001 ..."
3627 AUTO auto2.tap - use "jtag newtap auto2 tap -expected-id 0x0b73b02f ..."
3628 AUTO auto0.tap - use "... -irlen 4"
3629 AUTO auto1.tap - use "... -irlen 4"
3630 AUTO auto2.tap - use "... -irlen 6"
3631 no gdb ports allocated as no target has been specified
3632 @end example
3633
3634 Given that information, you should be able to either find some existing
3635 config files to use, or create your own. If you create your own, you
3636 would configure from the bottom up: first a @file{target.cfg} file
3637 with these TAPs, any targets associated with them, and any on-chip
3638 resources; then a @file{board.cfg} with off-chip resources, clocking,
3639 and so forth.
3640
3641 @node CPU Configuration
3642 @chapter CPU Configuration
3643 @cindex GDB target
3644
3645 This chapter discusses how to set up GDB debug targets for CPUs.
3646 You can also access these targets without GDB
3647 (@pxref{Architecture and Core Commands},
3648 and @ref{Target State handling}) and
3649 through various kinds of NAND and NOR flash commands.
3650 If you have multiple CPUs you can have multiple such targets.
3651
3652 We'll start by looking at how to examine the targets you have,
3653 then look at how to add one more target and how to configure it.
3654
3655 @section Target List
3656 @cindex target, current
3657 @cindex target, list
3658
3659 All targets that have been set up are part of a list,
3660 where each member has a name.
3661 That name should normally be the same as the TAP name.
3662 You can display the list with the @command{targets}
3663 (plural!) command.
3664 This display often has only one CPU; here's what it might
3665 look like with more than one:
3666 @verbatim
3667 TargetName Type Endian TapName State
3668 -- ------------------ ---------- ------ ------------------ ------------
3669 0* at91rm9200.cpu arm920t little at91rm9200.cpu running
3670 1 MyTarget cortex_m3 little mychip.foo tap-disabled
3671 @end verbatim
3672
3673 One member of that list is the @dfn{current target}, which
3674 is implicitly referenced by many commands.
3675 It's the one marked with a @code{*} near the target name.
3676 In particular, memory addresses often refer to the address
3677 space seen by that current target.
3678 Commands like @command{mdw} (memory display words)
3679 and @command{flash erase_address} (erase NOR flash blocks)
3680 are examples; and there are many more.
3681
3682 Several commands let you examine the list of targets:
3683
3684 @deffn Command {target count}
3685 @emph{Note: target numbers are deprecated; don't use them.
3686 They will be removed shortly after August 2010, including this command.
3687 Iterate target using @command{target names}, not by counting.}
3688
3689 Returns the number of targets, @math{N}.
3690 The highest numbered target is @math{N - 1}.
3691 @example
3692 set c [target count]
3693 for @{ set x 0 @} @{ $x < $c @} @{ incr x @} @{
3694 # Assuming you have created this function
3695 print_target_details $x
3696 @}
3697 @end example
3698 @end deffn
3699
3700 @deffn Command {target current}
3701 Returns the name of the current target.
3702 @end deffn
3703
3704 @deffn Command {target names}
3705 Lists the names of all current targets in the list.
3706 @example
3707 foreach t [target names] @{
3708 puts [format "Target: %s\n" $t]
3709 @}
3710 @end example
3711 @end deffn
3712
3713 @deffn Command {target number} number
3714 @emph{Note: target numbers are deprecated; don't use them.
3715 They will be removed shortly after August 2010, including this command.}
3716
3717 The list of targets is numbered starting at zero.
3718 This command returns the name of the target at index @var{number}.
3719 @example
3720 set thename [target number $x]
3721 puts [format "Target %d is: %s\n" $x $thename]
3722 @end example
3723 @end deffn
3724
3725 @c yep, "target list" would have been better.
3726 @c plus maybe "target setdefault".
3727
3728 @deffn Command targets [name]
3729 @emph{Note: the name of this command is plural. Other target
3730 command names are singular.}
3731
3732 With no parameter, this command displays a table of all known
3733 targets in a user friendly form.
3734
3735 With a parameter, this command sets the current target to
3736 the given target with the given @var{name}; this is
3737 only relevant on boards which have more than one target.
3738 @end deffn
3739
3740 @section Target CPU Types and Variants
3741 @cindex target type
3742 @cindex CPU type
3743 @cindex CPU variant
3744
3745 Each target has a @dfn{CPU type}, as shown in the output of
3746 the @command{targets} command. You need to specify that type
3747 when calling @command{target create}.
3748 The CPU type indicates more than just the instruction set.
3749 It also indicates how that instruction set is implemented,
3750 what kind of debug support it integrates,
3751 whether it has an MMU (and if so, what kind),
3752 what core-specific commands may be available
3753 (@pxref{Architecture and Core Commands}),
3754 and more.
3755
3756 For some CPU types, OpenOCD also defines @dfn{variants} which
3757 indicate differences that affect their handling.
3758 For example, a particular implementation bug might need to be
3759 worked around in some chip versions.
3760
3761 It's easy to see what target types are supported,
3762 since there's a command to list them.
3763 However, there is currently no way to list what target variants
3764 are supported (other than by reading the OpenOCD source code).
3765
3766 @anchor{target types}
3767 @deffn Command {target types}
3768 Lists all supported target types.
3769 At this writing, the supported CPU types and variants are:
3770
3771 @itemize @bullet
3772 @item @code{arm11} -- this is a generation of ARMv6 cores
3773 @item @code{arm720t} -- this is an ARMv4 core with an MMU
3774 @item @code{arm7tdmi} -- this is an ARMv4 core
3775 @item @code{arm920t} -- this is an ARMv4 core with an MMU
3776 @item @code{arm926ejs} -- this is an ARMv5 core with an MMU
3777 @item @code{arm966e} -- this is an ARMv5 core
3778 @item @code{arm9tdmi} -- this is an ARMv4 core
3779 @item @code{avr} -- implements Atmel's 8-bit AVR instruction set.
3780 (Support for this is preliminary and incomplete.)
3781 @item @code{cortex_a8} -- this is an ARMv7 core with an MMU
3782 @item @code{cortex_m3} -- this is an ARMv7 core, supporting only the
3783 compact Thumb2 instruction set.
3784 @item @code{dragonite} -- resembles arm966e
3785 @item @code{dsp563xx} -- implements Freescale's 24-bit DSP.
3786 (Support for this is still incomplete.)
3787 @item @code{fa526} -- resembles arm920 (w/o Thumb)
3788 @item @code{feroceon} -- resembles arm926
3789 @item @code{mips_m4k} -- a MIPS core. This supports one variant:
3790 @item @code{xscale} -- this is actually an architecture,
3791 not a CPU type. It is based on the ARMv5 architecture.
3792 There are several variants defined:
3793 @itemize @minus
3794 @item @code{ixp42x}, @code{ixp45x}, @code{ixp46x},
3795 @code{pxa27x} ... instruction register length is 7 bits
3796 @item @code{pxa250}, @code{pxa255},
3797 @code{pxa26x} ... instruction register length is 5 bits
3798 @item @code{pxa3xx} ... instruction register length is 11 bits
3799 @end itemize
3800 @end itemize
3801 @end deffn
3802
3803 To avoid being confused by the variety of ARM based cores, remember
3804 this key point: @emph{ARM is a technology licencing company}.
3805 (See: @url{http://www.arm.com}.)
3806 The CPU name used by OpenOCD will reflect the CPU design that was
3807 licenced, not a vendor brand which incorporates that design.
3808 Name prefixes like arm7, arm9, arm11, and cortex
3809 reflect design generations;
3810 while names like ARMv4, ARMv5, ARMv6, and ARMv7
3811 reflect an architecture version implemented by a CPU design.
3812
3813 @anchor{Target Configuration}
3814 @section Target Configuration
3815
3816 Before creating a ``target'', you must have added its TAP to the scan chain.
3817 When you've added that TAP, you will have a @code{dotted.name}
3818 which is used to set up the CPU support.
3819 The chip-specific configuration file will normally configure its CPU(s)
3820 right after it adds all of the chip's TAPs to the scan chain.
3821
3822 Although you can set up a target in one step, it's often clearer if you
3823 use shorter commands and do it in two steps: create it, then configure
3824 optional parts.
3825 All operations on the target after it's created will use a new
3826 command, created as part of target creation.
3827
3828 The two main things to configure after target creation are
3829 a work area, which usually has target-specific defaults even
3830 if the board setup code overrides them later;
3831 and event handlers (@pxref{Target Events}), which tend
3832 to be much more board-specific.
3833 The key steps you use might look something like this
3834
3835 @example
3836 target create MyTarget cortex_m3 -chain-position mychip.cpu
3837 $MyTarget configure -work-area-phys 0x08000 -work-area-size 8096
3838 $MyTarget configure -event reset-deassert-pre @{ jtag_rclk 5 @}
3839 $MyTarget configure -event reset-init @{ myboard_reinit @}
3840 @end example
3841
3842 You should specify a working area if you can; typically it uses some
3843 on-chip SRAM.
3844 Such a working area can speed up many things, including bulk
3845 writes to target memory;
3846 flash operations like checking to see if memory needs to be erased;
3847 GDB memory checksumming;
3848 and more.
3849
3850 @quotation Warning
3851 On more complex chips, the work area can become
3852 inaccessible when application code
3853 (such as an operating system)
3854 enables or disables the MMU.
3855 For example, the particular MMU context used to acess the virtual
3856 address will probably matter ... and that context might not have
3857 easy access to other addresses needed.
3858 At this writing, OpenOCD doesn't have much MMU intelligence.
3859 @end quotation
3860
3861 It's often very useful to define a @code{reset-init} event handler.
3862 For systems that are normally used with a boot loader,
3863 common tasks include updating clocks and initializing memory
3864 controllers.
3865 That may be needed to let you write the boot loader into flash,
3866 in order to ``de-brick'' your board; or to load programs into
3867 external DDR memory without having run the boot loader.
3868
3869 @deffn Command {target create} target_name type configparams...
3870 This command creates a GDB debug target that refers to a specific JTAG tap.
3871 It enters that target into a list, and creates a new
3872 command (@command{@var{target_name}}) which is used for various
3873 purposes including additional configuration.
3874
3875 @itemize @bullet
3876 @item @var{target_name} ... is the name of the debug target.
3877 By convention this should be the same as the @emph{dotted.name}
3878 of the TAP associated with this target, which must be specified here
3879 using the @code{-chain-position @var{dotted.name}} configparam.
3880
3881 This name is also used to create the target object command,
3882 referred to here as @command{$target_name},
3883 and in other places the target needs to be identified.
3884 @item @var{type} ... specifies the target type. @xref{target types}.
3885 @item @var{configparams} ... all parameters accepted by
3886 @command{$target_name configure} are permitted.
3887 If the target is big-endian, set it here with @code{-endian big}.
3888 If the variant matters, set it here with @code{-variant}.
3889
3890 You @emph{must} set the @code{-chain-position @var{dotted.name}} here.
3891 @end itemize
3892 @end deffn
3893
3894 @deffn Command {$target_name configure} configparams...
3895 The options accepted by this command may also be
3896 specified as parameters to @command{target create}.
3897 Their values can later be queried one at a time by
3898 using the @command{$target_name cget} command.
3899
3900 @emph{Warning:} changing some of these after setup is dangerous.
3901 For example, moving a target from one TAP to another;
3902 and changing its endianness or variant.
3903
3904 @itemize @bullet
3905
3906 @item @code{-chain-position} @var{dotted.name} -- names the TAP
3907 used to access this target.
3908
3909 @item @code{-endian} (@option{big}|@option{little}) -- specifies
3910 whether the CPU uses big or little endian conventions
3911
3912 @item @code{-event} @var{event_name} @var{event_body} --
3913 @xref{Target Events}.
3914 Note that this updates a list of named event handlers.
3915 Calling this twice with two different event names assigns
3916 two different handlers, but calling it twice with the
3917 same event name assigns only one handler.
3918
3919 @item @code{-variant} @var{name} -- specifies a variant of the target,
3920 which OpenOCD needs to know about.
3921
3922 @item @code{-work-area-backup} (@option{0}|@option{1}) -- says
3923 whether the work area gets backed up; by default,
3924 @emph{it is not backed up.}
3925 When possible, use a working_area that doesn't need to be backed up,
3926 since performing a backup slows down operations.
3927 For example, the beginning of an SRAM block is likely to
3928 be used by most build systems, but the end is often unused.
3929
3930 @item @code{-work-area-size} @var{size} -- specify work are size,
3931 in bytes. The same size applies regardless of whether its physical
3932 or virtual address is being used.
3933
3934 @item @code{-work-area-phys} @var{address} -- set the work area
3935 base @var{address} to be used when no MMU is active.
3936
3937 @item @code{-work-area-virt} @var{address} -- set the work area
3938 base @var{address} to be used when an MMU is active.
3939 @emph{Do not specify a value for this except on targets with an MMU.}
3940 The value should normally correspond to a static mapping for the
3941 @code{-work-area-phys} address, set up by the current operating system.
3942
3943 @item @code{-rtos} @var{rtos_type} -- enable rtos support for target,
3944 @var{rtos_type} can be one of @option{auto}|@option{eCos}|@option{threadx}|
3945 @option{freertos}|@option{linux}.
3946
3947 @end itemize
3948 @end deffn
3949
3950 @section Other $target_name Commands
3951 @cindex object command
3952
3953 The Tcl/Tk language has the concept of object commands,
3954 and OpenOCD adopts that same model for targets.
3955
3956 A good Tk example is a on screen button.
3957 Once a button is created a button
3958 has a name (a path in Tk terms) and that name is useable as a first
3959 class command. For example in Tk, one can create a button and later
3960 configure it like this:
3961
3962 @example
3963 # Create
3964 button .foobar -background red -command @{ foo @}
3965 # Modify
3966 .foobar configure -foreground blue
3967 # Query
3968 set x [.foobar cget -background]
3969 # Report
3970 puts [format "The button is %s" $x]
3971 @end example
3972
3973 In OpenOCD's terms, the ``target'' is an object just like a Tcl/Tk
3974 button, and its object commands are invoked the same way.
3975
3976 @example
3977 str912.cpu mww 0x1234 0x42
3978 omap3530.cpu mww 0x5555 123
3979 @end example
3980
3981 The commands supported by OpenOCD target objects are:
3982
3983 @deffn Command {$target_name arp_examine}
3984 @deffnx Command {$target_name arp_halt}
3985 @deffnx Command {$target_name arp_poll}
3986 @deffnx Command {$target_name arp_reset}
3987 @deffnx Command {$target_name arp_waitstate}
3988 Internal OpenOCD scripts (most notably @file{startup.tcl})
3989 use these to deal with specific reset cases.
3990 They are not otherwise documented here.
3991 @end deffn
3992
3993 @deffn Command {$target_name array2mem} arrayname width address count
3994 @deffnx Command {$target_name mem2array} arrayname width address count
3995 These provide an efficient script-oriented interface to memory.
3996 The @code{array2mem} primitive writes bytes, halfwords, or words;
3997 while @code{mem2array} reads them.
3998 In both cases, the TCL side uses an array, and
3999 the target side uses raw memory.
4000
4001 The efficiency comes from enabling the use of
4002 bulk JTAG data transfer operations.
4003 The script orientation comes from working with data
4004 values that are packaged for use by TCL scripts;
4005 @command{mdw} type primitives only print data they retrieve,
4006 and neither store nor return those values.
4007
4008 @itemize
4009 @item @var{arrayname} ... is the name of an array variable
4010 @item @var{width} ... is 8/16/32 - indicating the memory access size
4011 @item @var{address} ... is the target memory address
4012 @item @var{count} ... is the number of elements to process
4013 @end itemize
4014 @end deffn
4015
4016 @deffn Command {$target_name cget} queryparm
4017 Each configuration parameter accepted by
4018 @command{$target_name configure}
4019 can be individually queried, to return its current value.
4020 The @var{queryparm} is a parameter name
4021 accepted by that command, such as @code{-work-area-phys}.
4022 There are a few special cases:
4023
4024 @itemize @bullet
4025 @item @code{-event} @var{event_name} -- returns the handler for the
4026 event named @var{event_name}.
4027 This is a special case because setting a handler requires
4028 two parameters.
4029 @item @code{-type} -- returns the target type.
4030 This is a special case because this is set using
4031 @command{target create} and can't be changed
4032 using @command{$target_name configure}.
4033 @end itemize
4034
4035 For example, if you wanted to summarize information about
4036 all the targets you might use something like this:
4037
4038 @example
4039 foreach name [target names] @{
4040 set y [$name cget -endian]
4041 set z [$name cget -type]
4042 puts [format "Chip %d is %s, Endian: %s, type: %s" \
4043 $x $name $y $z]
4044 @}
4045 @end example
4046 @end deffn
4047
4048 @anchor{target curstate}
4049 @deffn Command {$target_name curstate}
4050 Displays the current target state:
4051 @code{debug-running},
4052 @code{halted},
4053 @code{reset},
4054 @code{running}, or @code{unknown}.
4055 (Also, @pxref{Event Polling}.)
4056 @end deffn
4057
4058 @deffn Command {$target_name eventlist}
4059 Displays a table listing all event handlers
4060 currently associated with this target.
4061 @xref{Target Events}.
4062 @end deffn
4063
4064 @deffn Command {$target_name invoke-event} event_name
4065 Invokes the handler for the event named @var{event_name}.
4066 (This is primarily intended for use by OpenOCD framework
4067 code, for example by the reset code in @file{startup.tcl}.)
4068 @end deffn
4069
4070 @deffn Command {$target_name mdw} addr [count]
4071 @deffnx Command {$target_name mdh} addr [count]
4072 @deffnx Command {$target_name mdb} addr [count]
4073 Display contents of address @var{addr}, as
4074 32-bit words (@command{mdw}), 16-bit halfwords (@command{mdh}),
4075 or 8-bit bytes (@command{mdb}).
4076 If @var{count} is specified, displays that many units.
4077 (If you want to manipulate the data instead of displaying it,
4078 see the @code{mem2array} primitives.)
4079 @end deffn
4080
4081 @deffn Command {$target_name mww} addr word
4082 @deffnx Command {$target_name mwh} addr halfword
4083 @deffnx Command {$target_name mwb} addr byte
4084 Writes the specified @var{word} (32 bits),
4085 @var{halfword} (16 bits), or @var{byte} (8-bit) pattern,
4086 at the specified address @var{addr}.
4087 @end deffn
4088
4089 @anchor{Target Events}
4090 @section Target Events
4091 @cindex target events
4092 @cindex events
4093 At various times, certain things can happen, or you want them to happen.
4094 For example:
4095 @itemize @bullet
4096 @item What should happen when GDB connects? Should your target reset?
4097 @item When GDB tries to flash the target, do you need to enable the flash via a special command?
4098 @item Is using SRST appropriate (and possible) on your system?
4099 Or instead of that, do you need to issue JTAG commands to trigger reset?
4100 SRST usually resets everything on the scan chain, which can be inappropriate.
4101 @item During reset, do you need to write to certain memory locations
4102 to set up system clocks or
4103 to reconfigure the SDRAM?
4104 How about configuring the watchdog timer, or other peripherals,
4105 to stop running while you hold the core stopped for debugging?
4106 @end itemize
4107
4108 All of the above items can be addressed by target event handlers.
4109 These are set up by @command{$target_name configure -event} or
4110 @command{target create ... -event}.
4111
4112 The programmer's model matches the @code{-command} option used in Tcl/Tk
4113 buttons and events. The two examples below act the same, but one creates
4114 and invokes a small procedure while the other inlines it.
4115
4116 @example
4117 proc my_attach_proc @{ @} @{
4118 echo "Reset..."
4119 reset halt
4120 @}
4121 mychip.cpu configure -event gdb-attach my_attach_proc
4122 mychip.cpu configure -event gdb-attach @{
4123 echo "Reset..."
4124 # To make flash probe and gdb load to flash work we need a reset init.
4125 reset init
4126 @}
4127 @end example
4128
4129 The following target events are defined:
4130
4131 @itemize @bullet
4132 @item @b{debug-halted}
4133 @* The target has halted for debug reasons (i.e.: breakpoint)
4134 @item @b{debug-resumed}
4135 @* The target has resumed (i.e.: gdb said run)
4136 @item @b{early-halted}
4137 @* Occurs early in the halt process
4138 @ignore
4139 @item @b{examine-end}
4140 @* Currently not used (goal: when JTAG examine completes)
4141 @item @b{examine-start}
4142 @* Currently not used (goal: when JTAG examine starts)
4143 @end ignore
4144 @item @b{gdb-attach}
4145 @* When GDB connects. This is before any communication with the target, so this
4146 can be used to set up the target so it is possible to probe flash. Probing flash
4147 is necessary during gdb connect if gdb load is to write the image to flash. Another
4148 use of the flash memory map is for GDB to automatically hardware/software breakpoints
4149 depending on whether the breakpoint is in RAM or read only memory.
4150 @item @b{gdb-detach}
4151 @* When GDB disconnects
4152 @item @b{gdb-end}
4153 @* When the target has halted and GDB is not doing anything (see early halt)
4154 @item @b{gdb-flash-erase-start}
4155 @* Before the GDB flash process tries to erase the flash
4156 @item @b{gdb-flash-erase-end}
4157 @* After the GDB flash process has finished erasing the flash
4158 @item @b{gdb-flash-write-start}
4159 @* Before GDB writes to the flash
4160 @item @b{gdb-flash-write-end}
4161 @* After GDB writes to the flash
4162 @item @b{gdb-start}
4163 @* Before the target steps, gdb is trying to start/resume the target
4164 @item @b{halted}
4165 @* The target has halted
4166 @ignore
4167 @item @b{old-gdb_program_config}
4168 @* DO NOT USE THIS: Used internally
4169 @item @b{old-pre_resume}
4170 @* DO NOT USE THIS: Used internally
4171 @end ignore
4172 @item @b{reset-assert-pre}
4173 @* Issued as part of @command{reset} processing
4174 after @command{reset_init} was triggered
4175 but before either SRST alone is re-asserted on the scan chain,
4176 or @code{reset-assert} is triggered.
4177 @item @b{reset-assert}
4178 @* Issued as part of @command{reset} processing
4179 after @command{reset-assert-pre} was triggered.
4180 When such a handler is present, cores which support this event will use
4181 it instead of asserting SRST.
4182 This support is essential for debugging with JTAG interfaces which
4183 don't include an SRST line (JTAG doesn't require SRST), and for
4184 selective reset on scan chains that have multiple targets.
4185 @item @b{reset-assert-post}
4186 @* Issued as part of @command{reset} processing
4187 after @code{reset-assert} has been triggered.
4188 or the target asserted SRST on the entire scan chain.
4189 @item @b{reset-deassert-pre}
4190 @* Issued as part of @command{reset} processing
4191 after @code{reset-assert-post} has been triggered.
4192 @item @b{reset-deassert-post}
4193 @* Issued as part of @command{reset} processing
4194 after @code{reset-deassert-pre} has been triggered
4195 and (if the target is using it) after SRST has been
4196 released on the scan chain.
4197 @item @b{reset-end}
4198 @* Issued as the final step in @command{reset} processing.
4199 @ignore
4200 @item @b{reset-halt-post}
4201 @* Currently not used
4202 @item @b{reset-halt-pre}
4203 @* Currently not used
4204 @end ignore
4205 @item @b{reset-init}
4206 @* Used by @b{reset init} command for board-specific initialization.
4207 This event fires after @emph{reset-deassert-post}.
4208
4209 This is where you would configure PLLs and clocking, set up DRAM so
4210 you can download programs that don't fit in on-chip SRAM, set up pin
4211 multiplexing, and so on.
4212 (You may be able to switch to a fast JTAG clock rate here, after
4213 the target clocks are fully set up.)
4214 @item @b{reset-start}
4215 @* Issued as part of @command{reset} processing
4216 before @command{reset_init} is called.
4217
4218 This is the most robust place to use @command{jtag_rclk}
4219 or @command{adapter_khz} to switch to a low JTAG clock rate,
4220 when reset disables PLLs needed to use a fast clock.
4221 @ignore
4222 @item @b{reset-wait-pos}
4223 @* Currently not used
4224 @item @b{reset-wait-pre}
4225 @* Currently not used
4226 @end ignore
4227 @item @b{resume-start}
4228 @* Before any target is resumed
4229 @item @b{resume-end}
4230 @* After all targets have resumed
4231 @item @b{resume-ok}
4232 @* Success
4233 @item @b{resumed}
4234 @* Target has resumed
4235 @end itemize
4236
4237
4238 @node Flash Commands
4239 @chapter Flash Commands
4240
4241 OpenOCD has different commands for NOR and NAND flash;
4242 the ``flash'' command works with NOR flash, while
4243 the ``nand'' command works with NAND flash.
4244 This partially reflects different hardware technologies:
4245 NOR flash usually supports direct CPU instruction and data bus access,
4246 while data from a NAND flash must be copied to memory before it can be
4247 used. (SPI flash must also be copied to memory before use.)
4248 However, the documentation also uses ``flash'' as a generic term;
4249 for example, ``Put flash configuration in board-specific files''.
4250
4251 Flash Steps:
4252 @enumerate
4253 @item Configure via the command @command{flash bank}
4254 @* Do this in a board-specific configuration file,
4255 passing parameters as needed by the driver.
4256 @item Operate on the flash via @command{flash subcommand}
4257 @* Often commands to manipulate the flash are typed by a human, or run
4258 via a script in some automated way. Common tasks include writing a
4259 boot loader, operating system, or other data.
4260 @item GDB Flashing
4261 @* Flashing via GDB requires the flash be configured via ``flash
4262 bank'', and the GDB flash features be enabled.
4263 @xref{GDB Configuration}.
4264 @end enumerate
4265
4266 Many CPUs have the ablity to ``boot'' from the first flash bank.
4267 This means that misprogramming that bank can ``brick'' a system,
4268 so that it can't boot.
4269 JTAG tools, like OpenOCD, are often then used to ``de-brick'' the
4270 board by (re)installing working boot firmware.
4271
4272 @anchor{NOR Configuration}
4273 @section Flash Configuration Commands
4274 @cindex flash configuration
4275
4276 @deffn {Config Command} {flash bank} name driver base size chip_width bus_width target [driver_options]
4277 Configures a flash bank which provides persistent storage
4278 for addresses from @math{base} to @math{base + size - 1}.
4279 These banks will often be visible to GDB through the target's memory map.
4280 In some cases, configuring a flash bank will activate extra commands;
4281 see the driver-specific documentation.
4282
4283 @itemize @bullet
4284 @item @var{name} ... may be used to reference the flash bank
4285 in other flash commands. A number is also available.
4286 @item @var{driver} ... identifies the controller driver
4287 associated with the flash bank being declared.
4288 This is usually @code{cfi} for external flash, or else
4289 the name of a microcontroller with embedded flash memory.
4290 @xref{Flash Driver List}.
4291 @item @var{base} ... Base address of the flash chip.
4292 @item @var{size} ... Size of the chip, in bytes.
4293 For some drivers, this value is detected from the hardware.
4294 @item @var{chip_width} ... Width of the flash chip, in bytes;
4295 ignored for most microcontroller drivers.
4296 @item @var{bus_width} ... Width of the data bus used to access the
4297 chip, in bytes; ignored for most microcontroller drivers.
4298 @item @var{target} ... Names the target used to issue
4299 commands to the flash controller.
4300 @comment Actually, it's currently a controller-specific parameter...
4301 @item @var{driver_options} ... drivers may support, or require,
4302 additional parameters. See the driver-specific documentation
4303 for more information.
4304 @end itemize
4305 @quotation Note
4306 This command is not available after OpenOCD initialization has completed.
4307 Use it in board specific configuration files, not interactively.
4308 @end quotation
4309 @end deffn
4310
4311 @comment the REAL name for this command is "ocd_flash_banks"
4312 @comment less confusing would be: "flash list" (like "nand list")
4313 @deffn Command {flash banks}
4314 Prints a one-line summary of each device that was
4315 declared using @command{flash bank}, numbered from zero.
4316 Note that this is the @emph{plural} form;
4317 the @emph{singular} form is a very different command.
4318 @end deffn
4319
4320 @deffn Command {flash list}
4321 Retrieves a list of associative arrays for each device that was
4322 declared using @command{flash bank}, numbered from zero.
4323 This returned list can be manipulated easily from within scripts.
4324 @end deffn
4325
4326 @deffn Command {flash probe} num
4327 Identify the flash, or validate the parameters of the configured flash. Operation
4328 depends on the flash type.
4329 The @var{num} parameter is a value shown by @command{flash banks}.
4330 Most flash commands will implicitly @emph{autoprobe} the bank;
4331 flash drivers can distinguish between probing and autoprobing,
4332 but most don't bother.
4333 @end deffn
4334
4335 @section Erasing, Reading, Writing to Flash
4336 @cindex flash erasing
4337 @cindex flash reading
4338 @cindex flash writing
4339 @cindex flash programming
4340
4341 One feature distinguishing NOR flash from NAND or serial flash technologies
4342 is that for read access, it acts exactly like any other addressible memory.
4343 This means you can use normal memory read commands like @command{mdw} or
4344 @command{dump_image} with it, with no special @command{flash} subcommands.
4345 @xref{Memory access}, and @ref{Image access}.
4346
4347 Write access works differently. Flash memory normally needs to be erased
4348 before it's written. Erasing a sector turns all of its bits to ones, and
4349 writing can turn ones into zeroes. This is why there are special commands
4350 for interactive erasing and writing, and why GDB needs to know which parts
4351 of the address space hold NOR flash memory.
4352
4353 @quotation Note
4354 Most of these erase and write commands leverage the fact that NOR flash
4355 chips consume target address space. They implicitly refer to the current
4356 JTAG target, and map from an address in that target's address space
4357 back to a flash bank.
4358 @comment In May 2009, those mappings may fail if any bank associated
4359 @comment with that target doesn't succesfuly autoprobe ... bug worth fixing?
4360 A few commands use abstract addressing based on bank and sector numbers,
4361 and don't depend on searching the current target and its address space.
4362 Avoid confusing the two command models.
4363 @end quotation
4364
4365 Some flash chips implement software protection against accidental writes,
4366 since such buggy writes could in some cases ``brick'' a system.
4367 For such systems, erasing and writing may require sector protection to be
4368 disabled first.
4369 Examples include CFI flash such as ``Intel Advanced Bootblock flash'',
4370 and AT91SAM7 on-chip flash.
4371 @xref{flash protect}.
4372
4373 @anchor{flash erase_sector}
4374 @deffn Command {flash erase_sector} num first last
4375 Erase sectors in bank @var{num}, starting at sector @var{first}
4376 up to and including @var{last}.
4377 Sector numbering starts at 0.
4378 Providing a @var{last} sector of @option{last}
4379 specifies "to the end of the flash bank".
4380 The @var{num} parameter is a value shown by @command{flash banks}.
4381 @end deffn
4382
4383 @deffn Command {flash erase_address} [@option{pad}] [@option{unlock}] address length
4384 Erase sectors starting at @var{address} for @var{length} bytes.
4385 Unless @option{pad} is specified, @math{address} must begin a
4386 flash sector, and @math{address + length - 1} must end a sector.
4387 Specifying @option{pad} erases extra data at the beginning and/or
4388 end of the specified region, as needed to erase only full sectors.
4389 The flash bank to use is inferred from the @var{address}, and
4390 the specified length must stay within that bank.
4391 As a special case, when @var{length} is zero and @var{address} is
4392 the start of the bank, the whole flash is erased.
4393 If @option{unlock} is specified, then the flash is unprotected
4394 before erase starts.
4395 @end deffn
4396
4397 @deffn Command {flash fillw} address word length
4398 @deffnx Command {flash fillh} address halfword length
4399 @deffnx Command {flash fillb} address byte length
4400 Fills flash memory with the specified @var{word} (32 bits),
4401 @var{halfword} (16 bits), or @var{byte} (8-bit) pattern,
4402 starting at @var{address} and continuing
4403 for @var{length} units (word/halfword/byte).
4404 No erasure is done before writing; when needed, that must be done
4405 before issuing this command.
4406 Writes are done in blocks of up to 1024 bytes, and each write is
4407 verified by reading back the data and comparing it to what was written.
4408 The flash bank to use is inferred from the @var{address} of
4409 each block, and the specified length must stay within that bank.
4410 @end deffn
4411 @comment no current checks for errors if fill blocks touch multiple banks!
4412
4413 @anchor{flash write_bank}
4414 @deffn Command {flash write_bank} num filename offset
4415 Write the binary @file{filename} to flash bank @var{num},
4416 starting at @var{offset} bytes from the beginning of the bank.
4417 The @var{num} parameter is a value shown by @command{flash banks}.
4418 @end deffn
4419
4420 @anchor{flash write_image}
4421 @deffn Command {flash write_image} [erase] [unlock] filename [offset] [type]
4422 Write the image @file{filename} to the current target's flash bank(s).
4423 A relocation @var{offset} may be specified, in which case it is added
4424 to the base address for each section in the image.
4425 The file [@var{type}] can be specified
4426 explicitly as @option{bin} (binary), @option{ihex} (Intel hex),
4427 @option{elf} (ELF file), @option{s19} (Motorola s19).
4428 @option{mem}, or @option{builder}.
4429 The relevant flash sectors will be erased prior to programming
4430 if the @option{erase} parameter is given. If @option{unlock} is
4431 provided, then the flash banks are unlocked before erase and
4432 program. The flash bank to use is inferred from the address of
4433 each image section.
4434
4435 @quotation Warning
4436 Be careful using the @option{erase} flag when the flash is holding
4437 data you want to preserve.
4438 Portions of the flash outside those described in the image's
4439 sections might be erased with no notice.
4440 @itemize
4441 @item
4442 When a section of the image being written does not fill out all the
4443 sectors it uses, the unwritten parts of those sectors are necessarily
4444 also erased, because sectors can't be partially erased.
4445 @item
4446 Data stored in sector "holes" between image sections are also affected.
4447 For example, "@command{flash write_image erase ...}" of an image with
4448 one byte at the beginning of a flash bank and one byte at the end
4449 erases the entire bank -- not just the two sectors being written.
4450 @end itemize
4451 Also, when flash protection is important, you must re-apply it after
4452 it has been removed by the @option{unlock} flag.
4453 @end quotation
4454
4455 @end deffn
4456
4457 @section Other Flash commands
4458 @cindex flash protection
4459
4460 @deffn Command {flash erase_check} num
4461 Check erase state of sectors in flash bank @var{num},
4462 and display that status.
4463 The @var{num} parameter is a value shown by @command{flash banks}.
4464 @end deffn
4465
4466 @deffn Command {flash info} num
4467 Print info about flash bank @var{num}
4468 The @var{num} parameter is a value shown by @command{flash banks}.
4469 This command will first query the hardware, it does not print cached
4470 and possibly stale information.
4471 @end deffn
4472
4473 @anchor{flash protect}
4474 @deffn Command {flash protect} num first last (@option{on}|@option{off})
4475 Enable (@option{on}) or disable (@option{off}) protection of flash sectors
4476 in flash bank @var{num}, starting at sector @var{first}
4477 and continuing up to and including @var{last}.
4478 Providing a @var{last} sector of @option{last}
4479 specifies "to the end of the flash bank".
4480 The @var{num} parameter is a value shown by @command{flash banks}.
4481 @end deffn
4482
4483 @anchor{Flash Driver List}
4484 @section Flash Driver List
4485 As noted above, the @command{flash bank} command requires a driver name,
4486 and allows driver-specific options and behaviors.
4487 Some drivers also activate driver-specific commands.
4488
4489 @subsection External Flash
4490
4491 @deffn {Flash Driver} cfi
4492 @cindex Common Flash Interface
4493 @cindex CFI
4494 The ``Common Flash Interface'' (CFI) is the main standard for
4495 external NOR flash chips, each of which connects to a
4496 specific external chip select on the CPU.
4497 Frequently the first such chip is used to boot the system.
4498 Your board's @code{reset-init} handler might need to
4499 configure additional chip selects using other commands (like: @command{mww} to
4500 configure a bus and its timings), or
4501 perhaps configure a GPIO pin that controls the ``write protect'' pin
4502 on the flash chip.
4503 The CFI driver can use a target-specific working area to significantly
4504 speed up operation.
4505
4506 The CFI driver can accept the following optional parameters, in any order:
4507
4508 @itemize
4509 @item @var{jedec_probe} ... is used to detect certain non-CFI flash ROMs,
4510 like AM29LV010 and similar types.
4511 @item @var{x16_as_x8} ... when a 16-bit flash is hooked up to an 8-bit bus.
4512 @end itemize
4513
4514 To configure two adjacent banks of 16 MBytes each, both sixteen bits (two bytes)
4515 wide on a sixteen bit bus:
4516
4517 @example
4518 flash bank $_FLASHNAME cfi 0x00000000 0x01000000 2 2 $_TARGETNAME
4519 flash bank $_FLASHNAME cfi 0x01000000 0x01000000 2 2 $_TARGETNAME
4520 @end example
4521
4522 To configure one bank of 32 MBytes
4523 built from two sixteen bit (two byte) wide parts wired in parallel
4524 to create a thirty-two bit (four byte) bus with doubled throughput:
4525
4526 @example
4527 flash bank $_FLASHNAME cfi 0x00000000 0x02000000 2 4 $_TARGETNAME
4528 @end example
4529
4530 @c "cfi part_id" disabled
4531 @end deffn
4532
4533 @deffn {Flash Driver} stmsmi
4534 @cindex STMicroelectronics Serial Memory Interface
4535 @cindex SMI
4536 @cindex stmsmi
4537 Some devices form STMicroelectronics (e.g. STR75x MCU family,
4538 SPEAr MPU family) include a proprietary
4539 ``Serial Memory Interface'' (SMI) controller able to drive external
4540 SPI flash devices.
4541 Depending on specific device and board configuration, up to 4 external
4542 flash devices can be connected.
4543
4544 SMI makes the flash content directly accessible in the CPU address
4545 space; each external device is mapped in a memory bank.
4546 CPU can directly read data, execute code and boot from SMI banks.
4547 Normal OpenOCD commands like @command{mdw} can be used to display
4548 the flash content.
4549
4550 The setup command only requires the @var{base} parameter in order
4551 to identify the memory bank.
4552 All other parameters are ignored. Additional information, like
4553 flash size, are detected automatically.
4554
4555 @example
4556 flash bank $_FLASHNAME stmsmi 0xf8000000 0 0 0 $_TARGETNAME
4557 @end example
4558
4559 @end deffn
4560
4561 @subsection Internal Flash (Microcontrollers)
4562
4563 @deffn {Flash Driver} aduc702x
4564 The ADUC702x analog microcontrollers from Analog Devices
4565 include internal flash and use ARM7TDMI cores.
4566 The aduc702x flash driver works with models ADUC7019 through ADUC7028.
4567 The setup command only requires the @var{target} argument
4568 since all devices in this family have the same memory layout.
4569
4570 @example
4571 flash bank $_FLASHNAME aduc702x 0 0 0 0 $_TARGETNAME
4572 @end example
4573 @end deffn
4574
4575 @anchor{at91sam3}
4576 @deffn {Flash Driver} at91sam3
4577 @cindex at91sam3
4578 All members of the AT91SAM3 microcontroller family from
4579 Atmel include internal flash and use ARM's Cortex-M3 core. The driver
4580 currently (6/22/09) recognizes the AT91SAM3U[1/2/4][C/E] chips. Note
4581 that the driver was orginaly developed and tested using the
4582 AT91SAM3U4E, using a SAM3U-EK eval board. Support for other chips in
4583 the family was cribbed from the data sheet. @emph{Note to future
4584 readers/updaters: Please remove this worrysome comment after other
4585 chips are confirmed.}
4586
4587 The AT91SAM3U4[E/C] (256K) chips have two flash banks; most other chips
4588 have one flash bank. In all cases the flash banks are at
4589 the following fixed locations:
4590
4591 @example
4592 # Flash bank 0 - all chips
4593 flash bank $_FLASHNAME at91sam3 0x00080000 0 1 1 $_TARGETNAME
4594 # Flash bank 1 - only 256K chips
4595 flash bank $_FLASHNAME at91sam3 0x00100000 0 1 1 $_TARGETNAME
4596 @end example
4597
4598 Internally, the AT91SAM3 flash memory is organized as follows.
4599 Unlike the AT91SAM7 chips, these are not used as parameters
4600 to the @command{flash bank} command:
4601
4602 @itemize
4603 @item @emph{N-Banks:} 256K chips have 2 banks, others have 1 bank.
4604 @item @emph{Bank Size:} 128K/64K Per flash bank
4605 @item @emph{Sectors:} 16 or 8 per bank
4606 @item @emph{SectorSize:} 8K Per Sector
4607 @item @emph{PageSize:} 256 bytes per page. Note that OpenOCD operates on 'sector' sizes, not page sizes.
4608 @end itemize
4609
4610 The AT91SAM3 driver adds some additional commands:
4611
4612 @deffn Command {at91sam3 gpnvm}
4613 @deffnx Command {at91sam3 gpnvm clear} number
4614 @deffnx Command {at91sam3 gpnvm set} number
4615 @deffnx Command {at91sam3 gpnvm show} [@option{all}|number]
4616 With no parameters, @command{show} or @command{show all},
4617 shows the status of all GPNVM bits.
4618 With @command{show} @var{number}, displays that bit.
4619
4620 With @command{set} @var{number} or @command{clear} @var{number},
4621 modifies that GPNVM bit.
4622 @end deffn
4623
4624 @deffn Command {at91sam3 info}
4625 This command attempts to display information about the AT91SAM3
4626 chip. @emph{First} it read the @code{CHIPID_CIDR} [address 0x400e0740, see
4627 Section 28.2.1, page 505 of the AT91SAM3U 29/may/2009 datasheet,
4628 document id: doc6430A] and decodes the values. @emph{Second} it reads the
4629 various clock configuration registers and attempts to display how it
4630 believes the chip is configured. By default, the SLOWCLK is assumed to
4631 be 32768 Hz, see the command @command{at91sam3 slowclk}.
4632 @end deffn
4633
4634 @deffn Command {at91sam3 slowclk} [value]
4635 This command shows/sets the slow clock frequency used in the
4636 @command{at91sam3 info} command calculations above.
4637 @end deffn
4638 @end deffn
4639
4640 @deffn {Flash Driver} at91sam4
4641 @cindex at91sam4
4642 All members of the AT91SAM4 microcontroller family from
4643 Atmel include internal flash and use ARM's Cortex-M4 core.
4644 This driver uses the same cmd names/syntax as @xref{at91sam3}.
4645 @end deffn
4646
4647 @deffn {Flash Driver} at91sam7
4648 All members of the AT91SAM7 microcontroller family from Atmel include
4649 internal flash and use ARM7TDMI cores. The driver automatically
4650 recognizes a number of these chips using the chip identification
4651 register, and autoconfigures itself.
4652
4653 @example
4654 flash bank $_FLASHNAME at91sam7 0 0 0 0 $_TARGETNAME
4655 @end example
4656
4657 For chips which are not recognized by the controller driver, you must
4658 provide additional parameters in the following order:
4659
4660 @itemize
4661 @item @var{chip_model} ... label used with @command{flash info}
4662 @item @var{banks}
4663 @item @var{sectors_per_bank}
4664 @item @var{pages_per_sector}
4665 @item @var{pages_size}
4666 @item @var{num_nvm_bits}
4667 @item @var{freq_khz} ... required if an external clock is provided,
4668 optional (but recommended) when the oscillator frequency is known
4669 @end itemize
4670
4671 It is recommended that you provide zeroes for all of those values
4672 except the clock frequency, so that everything except that frequency
4673 will be autoconfigured.
4674 Knowing the frequency helps ensure correct timings for flash access.
4675
4676 The flash controller handles erases automatically on a page (128/256 byte)
4677 basis, so explicit erase commands are not necessary for flash programming.
4678 However, there is an ``EraseAll`` command that can erase an entire flash
4679 plane (of up to 256KB), and it will be used automatically when you issue
4680 @command{flash erase_sector} or @command{flash erase_address} commands.
4681
4682 @deffn Command {at91sam7 gpnvm} bitnum (@option{set}|@option{clear})
4683 Set or clear a ``General Purpose Non-Volatile Memory'' (GPNVM)
4684 bit for the processor. Each processor has a number of such bits,
4685 used for controlling features such as brownout detection (so they
4686 are not truly general purpose).
4687 @quotation Note
4688 This assumes that the first flash bank (number 0) is associated with
4689 the appropriate at91sam7 target.
4690 @end quotation
4691 @end deffn
4692 @end deffn
4693
4694 @deffn {Flash Driver} avr
4695 The AVR 8-bit microcontrollers from Atmel integrate flash memory.
4696 @emph{The current implementation is incomplete.}
4697 @comment - defines mass_erase ... pointless given flash_erase_address
4698 @end deffn
4699
4700 @deffn {Flash Driver} lpc2000
4701 Most members of the LPC1700 and LPC2000 microcontroller families from NXP
4702 include internal flash and use Cortex-M3 (LPC1700) or ARM7TDMI (LPC2000) cores.
4703
4704 @quotation Note
4705 There are LPC2000 devices which are not supported by the @var{lpc2000}
4706 driver:
4707 The LPC2888 is supported by the @var{lpc288x} driver.
4708 The LPC29xx family is supported by the @var{lpc2900} driver.
4709 @end quotation
4710
4711 The @var{lpc2000} driver defines two mandatory and one optional parameters,
4712 which must appear in the following order:
4713
4714 @itemize
4715 @item @var{variant} ... required, may be
4716 @option{lpc2000_v1} (older LPC21xx and LPC22xx)
4717 @option{lpc2000_v2} (LPC213x, LPC214x, LPC210[123], LPC23xx and LPC24xx)
4718 or @option{lpc1700} (LPC175x and LPC176x)
4719 @item @var{clock_kHz} ... the frequency, in kiloHertz,
4720 at which the core is running
4721 @item @option{calc_checksum} ... optional (but you probably want to provide this!),
4722 telling the driver to calculate a valid checksum for the exception vector table.
4723 @quotation Note
4724 If you don't provide @option{calc_checksum} when you're writing the vector
4725 table, the boot ROM will almost certainly ignore your flash image.
4726 However, if you do provide it,
4727 with most tool chains @command{verify_image} will fail.
4728 @end quotation
4729 @end itemize
4730
4731 LPC flashes don't require the chip and bus width to be specified.
4732
4733 @example
4734 flash bank $_FLASHNAME lpc2000 0x0 0x7d000 0 0 $_TARGETNAME \
4735 lpc2000_v2 14765 calc_checksum
4736 @end example
4737
4738 @deffn {Command} {lpc2000 part_id} bank
4739 Displays the four byte part identifier associated with
4740 the specified flash @var{bank}.
4741 @end deffn
4742 @end deffn
4743
4744 @deffn {Flash Driver} lpc288x
4745 The LPC2888 microcontroller from NXP needs slightly different flash
4746 support from its lpc2000 siblings.
4747 The @var{lpc288x} driver defines one mandatory parameter,
4748 the programming clock rate in Hz.
4749 LPC flashes don't require the chip and bus width to be specified.
4750
4751 @example
4752 flash bank $_FLASHNAME lpc288x 0 0 0 0 $_TARGETNAME 12000000
4753 @end example
4754 @end deffn
4755
4756 @deffn {Flash Driver} lpc2900
4757 This driver supports the LPC29xx ARM968E based microcontroller family
4758 from NXP.
4759
4760 The predefined parameters @var{base}, @var{size}, @var{chip_width} and
4761 @var{bus_width} of the @code{flash bank} command are ignored. Flash size and
4762 sector layout are auto-configured by the driver.
4763 The driver has one additional mandatory parameter: The CPU clock rate
4764 (in kHz) at the time the flash operations will take place. Most of the time this
4765 will not be the crystal frequency, but a higher PLL frequency. The
4766 @code{reset-init} event handler in the board script is usually the place where
4767 you start the PLL.
4768
4769 The driver rejects flashless devices (currently the LPC2930).
4770
4771 The EEPROM in LPC2900 devices is not mapped directly into the address space.
4772 It must be handled much more like NAND flash memory, and will therefore be
4773 handled by a separate @code{lpc2900_eeprom} driver (not yet available).
4774
4775 Sector protection in terms of the LPC2900 is handled transparently. Every time a
4776 sector needs to be erased or programmed, it is automatically unprotected.
4777 What is shown as protection status in the @code{flash info} command, is
4778 actually the LPC2900 @emph{sector security}. This is a mechanism to prevent a
4779 sector from ever being erased or programmed again. As this is an irreversible
4780 mechanism, it is handled by a special command (@code{lpc2900 secure_sector}),
4781 and not by the standard @code{flash protect} command.
4782
4783 Example for a 125 MHz clock frequency:
4784 @example
4785 flash bank $_FLASHNAME lpc2900 0 0 0 0 $_TARGETNAME 125000
4786 @end example
4787
4788 Some @code{lpc2900}-specific commands are defined. In the following command list,
4789 the @var{bank} parameter is the bank number as obtained by the
4790 @code{flash banks} command.
4791
4792 @deffn Command {lpc2900 signature} bank
4793 Calculates a 128-bit hash value, the @emph{signature}, from the whole flash
4794 content. This is a hardware feature of the flash block, hence the calculation is
4795 very fast. You may use this to verify the content of a programmed device against
4796 a known signature.
4797 Example:
4798 @example
4799 lpc2900 signature 0
4800 signature: 0x5f40cdc8:0xc64e592e:0x10490f89:0x32a0f317
4801 @end example
4802 @end deffn
4803
4804 @deffn Command {lpc2900 read_custom} bank filename
4805 Reads the 912 bytes of customer information from the flash index sector, and
4806 saves it to a file in binary format.
4807 Example:
4808 @example
4809 lpc2900 read_custom 0 /path_to/customer_info.bin
4810 @end example
4811 @end deffn
4812
4813 The index sector of the flash is a @emph{write-only} sector. It cannot be
4814 erased! In order to guard against unintentional write access, all following
4815 commands need to be preceeded by a successful call to the @code{password}
4816 command:
4817
4818 @deffn Command {lpc2900 password} bank password
4819 You need to use this command right before each of the following commands:
4820 @code{lpc2900 write_custom}, @code{lpc2900 secure_sector},
4821 @code{lpc2900 secure_jtag}.
4822
4823 The password string is fixed to "I_know_what_I_am_doing".
4824 Example:
4825 @example
4826 lpc2900 password 0 I_know_what_I_am_doing
4827 Potentially dangerous operation allowed in next command!
4828 @end example
4829 @end deffn
4830
4831 @deffn Command {lpc2900 write_custom} bank filename type
4832 Writes the content of the file into the customer info space of the flash index
4833 sector. The filetype can be specified with the @var{type} field. Possible values
4834 for @var{type} are: @var{bin} (binary), @var{ihex} (Intel hex format),
4835 @var{elf} (ELF binary) or @var{s19} (Motorola S-records). The file must
4836 contain a single section, and the contained data length must be exactly
4837 912 bytes.
4838 @quotation Attention
4839 This cannot be reverted! Be careful!
4840 @end quotation
4841 Example:
4842 @example
4843 lpc2900 write_custom 0 /path_to/customer_info.bin bin
4844 @end example
4845 @end deffn
4846
4847 @deffn Command {lpc2900 secure_sector} bank first last
4848 Secures the sector range from @var{first} to @var{last} (including) against
4849 further program and erase operations. The sector security will be effective
4850 after the next power cycle.
4851 @quotation Attention
4852 This cannot be reverted! Be careful!
4853 @end quotation
4854 Secured sectors appear as @emph{protected} in the @code{flash info} command.
4855 Example:
4856 @example
4857 lpc2900 secure_sector 0 1 1
4858 flash info 0
4859 #0 : lpc2900 at 0x20000000, size 0x000c0000, (...)
4860 # 0: 0x00000000 (0x2000 8kB) not protected
4861 # 1: 0x00002000 (0x2000 8kB) protected
4862 # 2: 0x00004000 (0x2000 8kB) not protected
4863 @end example
4864 @end deffn
4865
4866 @deffn Command {lpc2900 secure_jtag} bank
4867 Irreversibly disable the JTAG port. The new JTAG security setting will be
4868 effective after the next power cycle.
4869 @quotation Attention
4870 This cannot be reverted! Be careful!
4871 @end quotation
4872 Examples:
4873 @example
4874 lpc2900 secure_jtag 0
4875 @end example
4876 @end deffn
4877 @end deffn
4878
4879 @deffn {Flash Driver} ocl
4880 @emph{No idea what this is, other than using some arm7/arm9 core.}
4881
4882 @example
4883 flash bank $_FLASHNAME ocl 0 0 0 0 $_TARGETNAME
4884 @end example
4885 @end deffn
4886
4887 @deffn {Flash Driver} pic32mx
4888 The PIC32MX microcontrollers are based on the MIPS 4K cores,
4889 and integrate flash memory.
4890
4891 @example
4892 flash bank $_FLASHNAME pix32mx 0x1fc00000 0 0 0 $_TARGETNAME
4893 flash bank $_FLASHNAME pix32mx 0x1d000000 0 0 0 $_TARGETNAME
4894 @end example
4895
4896 @comment numerous *disabled* commands are defined:
4897 @comment - chip_erase ... pointless given flash_erase_address
4898 @comment - lock, unlock ... pointless given protect on/off (yes?)
4899 @comment - pgm_word ... shouldn't bank be deduced from address??
4900 Some pic32mx-specific commands are defined:
4901 @deffn Command {pic32mx pgm_word} address value bank
4902 Programs the specified 32-bit @var{value} at the given @var{address}
4903 in the specified chip @var{bank}.
4904 @end deffn
4905 @deffn Command {pic32mx unlock} bank
4906 Unlock and erase specified chip @var{bank}.
4907 This will remove any Code Protection.
4908 @end deffn
4909 @end deffn
4910
4911 @deffn {Flash Driver} stellaris
4912 All members of the Stellaris LM3Sxxx microcontroller family from
4913 Texas Instruments
4914 include internal flash and use ARM Cortex M3 cores.
4915 The driver automatically recognizes a number of these chips using
4916 the chip identification register, and autoconfigures itself.
4917 @footnote{Currently there is a @command{stellaris mass_erase} command.
4918 That seems pointless since the same effect can be had using the
4919 standard @command{flash erase_address} command.}
4920
4921 @example
4922 flash bank $_FLASHNAME stellaris 0 0 0 0 $_TARGETNAME
4923 @end example
4924 @end deffn
4925
4926 @deffn Command {stellaris recover bank_id}
4927 Performs the @emph{Recovering a "Locked" Device} procedure to
4928 restore the flash specified by @var{bank_id} and its associated
4929 nonvolatile registers to their factory default values (erased).
4930 This is the only way to remove flash protection or re-enable
4931 debugging if that capability has been disabled.
4932
4933 Note that the final "power cycle the chip" step in this procedure
4934 must be performed by hand, since OpenOCD can't do it.
4935 @quotation Warning
4936 if more than one Stellaris chip is connected, the procedure is
4937 applied to all of them.
4938 @end quotation
4939 @end deffn
4940
4941 @deffn {Flash Driver} stm32f1x
4942 All members of the STM32f1x microcontroller family from ST Microelectronics
4943 include internal flash and use ARM Cortex M3 cores.
4944 The driver automatically recognizes a number of these chips using
4945 the chip identification register, and autoconfigures itself.
4946
4947 @example
4948 flash bank $_FLASHNAME stm32f1x 0 0 0 0 $_TARGETNAME
4949 @end example
4950
4951 If you have a target with dual flash banks then define the second bank
4952 as per the following example.
4953 @example
4954 flash bank $_FLASHNAME stm32f1x 0x08080000 0 0 0 $_TARGETNAME
4955 @end example
4956
4957 Some stm32f1x-specific commands
4958 @footnote{Currently there is a @command{stm32f1x mass_erase} command.
4959 That seems pointless since the same effect can be had using the
4960 standard @command{flash erase_address} command.}
4961 are defined:
4962
4963 @deffn Command {stm32f1x lock} num
4964 Locks the entire stm32 device.
4965 The @var{num} parameter is a value shown by @command{flash banks}.
4966 @end deffn
4967
4968 @deffn Command {stm32f1x unlock} num
4969 Unlocks the entire stm32 device.
4970 The @var{num} parameter is a value shown by @command{flash banks}.
4971 @end deffn
4972
4973 @deffn Command {stm32f1x options_read} num
4974 Read and display the stm32 option bytes written by
4975 the @command{stm32f1x options_write} command.
4976 The @var{num} parameter is a value shown by @command{flash banks}.
4977 @end deffn
4978
4979 @deffn Command {stm32f1x options_write} num (@option{SWWDG}|@option{HWWDG}) (@option{RSTSTNDBY}|@option{NORSTSTNDBY}) (@option{RSTSTOP}|@option{NORSTSTOP})
4980 Writes the stm32 option byte with the specified values.
4981 The @var{num} parameter is a value shown by @command{flash banks}.
4982 @end deffn
4983 @end deffn
4984
4985 @deffn {Flash Driver} stm32f2x
4986 All members of the STM32f2x microcontroller family from ST Microelectronics
4987 include internal flash and use ARM Cortex M3 cores.
4988 The driver automatically recognizes a number of these chips using
4989 the chip identification register, and autoconfigures itself.
4990 @end deffn
4991
4992 @deffn {Flash Driver} str7x
4993 All members of the STR7 microcontroller family from ST Microelectronics
4994 include internal flash and use ARM7TDMI cores.
4995 The @var{str7x} driver defines one mandatory parameter, @var{variant},
4996 which is either @code{STR71x}, @code{STR73x} or @code{STR75x}.
4997
4998 @example
4999 flash bank $_FLASHNAME str7x 0x40000000 0x00040000 0 0 $_TARGETNAME STR71x
5000 @end example
5001
5002 @deffn Command {str7x disable_jtag} bank
5003 Activate the Debug/Readout protection mechanism
5004 for the specified flash bank.
5005 @end deffn
5006 @end deffn
5007
5008 @deffn {Flash Driver} str9x
5009 Most members of the STR9 microcontroller family from ST Microelectronics
5010 include internal flash and use ARM966E cores.
5011 The str9 needs the flash controller to be configured using
5012 the @command{str9x flash_config} command prior to Flash programming.
5013
5014 @example
5015 flash bank $_FLASHNAME str9x 0x40000000 0x00040000 0 0 $_TARGETNAME
5016 str9x flash_config 0 4 2 0 0x80000
5017 @end example
5018
5019 @deffn Command {str9x flash_config} num bbsr nbbsr bbadr nbbadr
5020 Configures the str9 flash controller.
5021 The @var{num} parameter is a value shown by @command{flash banks}.
5022
5023 @itemize @bullet
5024 @item @var{bbsr} - Boot Bank Size register
5025 @item @var{nbbsr} - Non Boot Bank Size register
5026 @item @var{bbadr} - Boot Bank Start Address register
5027 @item @var{nbbadr} - Boot Bank Start Address register
5028 @end itemize
5029 @end deffn
5030
5031 @end deffn
5032
5033 @deffn {Flash Driver} tms470
5034 Most members of the TMS470 microcontroller family from Texas Instruments
5035 include internal flash and use ARM7TDMI cores.
5036 This driver doesn't require the chip and bus width to be specified.
5037
5038 Some tms470-specific commands are defined:
5039
5040 @deffn Command {tms470 flash_keyset} key0 key1 key2 key3
5041 Saves programming keys in a register, to enable flash erase and write commands.
5042 @end deffn
5043
5044 @deffn Command {tms470 osc_mhz} clock_mhz
5045 Reports the clock speed, which is used to calculate timings.
5046 @end deffn
5047
5048 @deffn Command {tms470 plldis} (0|1)
5049 Disables (@var{1}) or enables (@var{0}) use of the PLL to speed up
5050 the flash clock.
5051 @end deffn
5052 @end deffn
5053
5054 @deffn {Flash Driver} virtual
5055 This is a special driver that maps a previously defined bank to another
5056 address. All bank settings will be copied from the master physical bank.
5057
5058 The @var{virtual} driver defines one mandatory parameters,
5059
5060 @itemize
5061 @item @var{master_bank} The bank that this virtual address refers to.
5062 @end itemize
5063
5064 So in the following example addresses 0xbfc00000 and 0x9fc00000 refer to
5065 the flash bank defined at address 0x1fc00000. Any cmds executed on
5066 the virtual banks are actually performed on the physical banks.
5067 @example
5068 flash bank $_FLASHNAME pic32mx 0x1fc00000 0 0 0 $_TARGETNAME
5069 flash bank vbank0 virtual 0xbfc00000 0 0 0 $_TARGETNAME $_FLASHNAME
5070 flash bank vbank1 virtual 0x9fc00000 0 0 0 $_TARGETNAME $_FLASHNAME
5071 @end example
5072 @end deffn
5073
5074 @deffn {Flash Driver} fm3
5075 All members of the FM3 microcontroller family from Fujitsu
5076 include internal flash and use ARM Cortex M3 cores.
5077 The @var{fm3} driver uses the @var{target} parameter to select the
5078 correct bank config, it can currently be one of the following:
5079 @code{mb9bfxx1.cpu}, @code{mb9bfxx2.cpu}, @code{mb9bfxx3.cpu},
5080 @code{mb9bfxx4.cpu}, @code{mb9bfxx5.cpu} or @code{mb9bfxx6.cpu}.
5081
5082 @example
5083 flash bank $_FLASHNAME fm3 0 0 0 0 $_TARGETNAME
5084 @end example
5085 @end deffn
5086
5087 @subsection str9xpec driver
5088 @cindex str9xpec
5089
5090 Here is some background info to help
5091 you better understand how this driver works. OpenOCD has two flash drivers for
5092 the str9:
5093 @enumerate
5094 @item
5095 Standard driver @option{str9x} programmed via the str9 core. Normally used for
5096 flash programming as it is faster than the @option{str9xpec} driver.
5097 @item
5098 Direct programming @option{str9xpec} using the flash controller. This is an
5099 ISC compilant (IEEE 1532) tap connected in series with the str9 core. The str9
5100 core does not need to be running to program using this flash driver. Typical use
5101 for this driver is locking/unlocking the target and programming the option bytes.
5102 @end enumerate
5103
5104 Before we run any commands using the @option{str9xpec} driver we must first disable
5105 the str9 core. This example assumes the @option{str9xpec} driver has been
5106 configured for flash bank 0.
5107 @example
5108 # assert srst, we do not want core running
5109 # while accessing str9xpec flash driver
5110 jtag_reset 0 1
5111 # turn off target polling
5112 poll off
5113 # disable str9 core
5114 str9xpec enable_turbo 0
5115 # read option bytes
5116 str9xpec options_read 0
5117 # re-enable str9 core
5118 str9xpec disable_turbo 0
5119 poll on
5120 reset halt
5121 @end example
5122 The above example will read the str9 option bytes.
5123 When performing a unlock remember that you will not be able to halt the str9 - it
5124 has been locked. Halting the core is not required for the @option{str9xpec} driver
5125 as mentioned above, just issue the commands above manually or from a telnet prompt.
5126
5127 @deffn {Flash Driver} str9xpec
5128 Only use this driver for locking/unlocking the device or configuring the option bytes.
5129 Use the standard str9 driver for programming.
5130 Before using the flash commands the turbo mode must be enabled using the
5131 @command{str9xpec enable_turbo} command.
5132
5133 Several str9xpec-specific commands are defined:
5134
5135 @deffn Command {str9xpec disable_turbo} num
5136 Restore the str9 into JTAG chain.
5137 @end deffn
5138
5139 @deffn Command {str9xpec enable_turbo} num
5140 Enable turbo mode, will simply remove the str9 from the chain and talk
5141 directly to the embedded flash controller.
5142 @end deffn
5143
5144 @deffn Command {str9xpec lock} num
5145 Lock str9 device. The str9 will only respond to an unlock command that will
5146 erase the device.
5147 @end deffn
5148
5149 @deffn Command {str9xpec part_id} num
5150 Prints the part identifier for bank @var{num}.
5151 @end deffn
5152
5153 @deffn Command {str9xpec options_cmap} num (@option{bank0}|@option{bank1})
5154 Configure str9 boot bank.
5155 @end deffn
5156
5157 @deffn Command {str9xpec options_lvdsel} num (@option{vdd}|@option{vdd_vddq})
5158 Configure str9 lvd source.
5159 @end deffn
5160
5161 @deffn Command {str9xpec options_lvdthd} num (@option{2.4v}|@option{2.7v})
5162 Configure str9 lvd threshold.
5163 @end deffn
5164
5165 @deffn Command {str9xpec options_lvdwarn} bank (@option{vdd}|@option{vdd_vddq})
5166 Configure str9 lvd reset warning source.
5167 @end deffn
5168
5169 @deffn Command {str9xpec options_read} num
5170 Read str9 option bytes.
5171 @end deffn
5172
5173 @deffn Command {str9xpec options_write} num
5174 Write str9 option bytes.
5175 @end deffn
5176
5177 @deffn Command {str9xpec unlock} num
5178 unlock str9 device.
5179 @end deffn
5180
5181 @end deffn
5182
5183
5184 @section mFlash
5185
5186 @subsection mFlash Configuration
5187 @cindex mFlash Configuration
5188
5189 @deffn {Config Command} {mflash bank} soc base RST_pin target
5190 Configures a mflash for @var{soc} host bank at
5191 address @var{base}.
5192 The pin number format depends on the host GPIO naming convention.
5193 Currently, the mflash driver supports s3c2440 and pxa270.
5194
5195 Example for s3c2440 mflash where @var{RST pin} is GPIO B1:
5196
5197 @example
5198 mflash bank $_FLASHNAME s3c2440 0x10000000 1b 0
5199 @end example
5200
5201 Example for pxa270 mflash where @var{RST pin} is GPIO 43:
5202
5203 @example
5204 mflash bank $_FLASHNAME pxa270 0x08000000 43 0
5205 @end example
5206 @end deffn
5207
5208 @subsection mFlash commands
5209 @cindex mFlash commands
5210
5211 @deffn Command {mflash config pll} frequency
5212 Configure mflash PLL.
5213 The @var{frequency} is the mflash input frequency, in Hz.
5214 Issuing this command will erase mflash's whole internal nand and write new pll.
5215 After this command, mflash needs power-on-reset for normal operation.
5216 If pll was newly configured, storage and boot(optional) info also need to be update.
5217 @end deffn
5218
5219 @deffn Command {mflash config boot}
5220 Configure bootable option.
5221 If bootable option is set, mflash offer the first 8 sectors
5222 (4kB) for boot.
5223 @end deffn
5224
5225 @deffn Command {mflash config storage}
5226 Configure storage information.
5227 For the normal storage operation, this information must be
5228 written.
5229 @end deffn
5230
5231 @deffn Command {mflash dump} num filename offset size
5232 Dump @var{size} bytes, starting at @var{offset} bytes from the
5233 beginning of the bank @var{num}, to the file named @var{filename}.
5234 @end deffn
5235
5236 @deffn Command {mflash probe}
5237 Probe mflash.
5238 @end deffn
5239
5240 @deffn Command {mflash write} num filename offset
5241 Write the binary file @var{filename} to mflash bank @var{num}, starting at
5242 @var{offset} bytes from the beginning of the bank.
5243 @end deffn
5244
5245 @node NAND Flash Commands
5246 @chapter NAND Flash Commands
5247 @cindex NAND
5248
5249 Compared to NOR or SPI flash, NAND devices are inexpensive
5250 and high density. Today's NAND chips, and multi-chip modules,
5251 commonly hold multiple GigaBytes of data.
5252
5253 NAND chips consist of a number of ``erase blocks'' of a given
5254 size (such as 128 KBytes), each of which is divided into a
5255 number of pages (of perhaps 512 or 2048 bytes each). Each
5256 page of a NAND flash has an ``out of band'' (OOB) area to hold
5257 Error Correcting Code (ECC) and other metadata, usually 16 bytes
5258 of OOB for every 512 bytes of page data.
5259
5260 One key characteristic of NAND flash is that its error rate
5261 is higher than that of NOR flash. In normal operation, that
5262 ECC is used to correct and detect errors. However, NAND
5263 blocks can also wear out and become unusable; those blocks
5264 are then marked "bad". NAND chips are even shipped from the
5265 manufacturer with a few bad blocks. The highest density chips
5266 use a technology (MLC) that wears out more quickly, so ECC
5267 support is increasingly important as a way to detect blocks
5268 that have begun to fail, and help to preserve data integrity
5269 with techniques such as wear leveling.
5270
5271 Software is used to manage the ECC. Some controllers don't
5272 support ECC directly; in those cases, software ECC is used.
5273 Other controllers speed up the ECC calculations with hardware.
5274 Single-bit error correction hardware is routine. Controllers
5275 geared for newer MLC chips may correct 4 or more errors for
5276 every 512 bytes of data.
5277
5278 You will need to make sure that any data you write using
5279 OpenOCD includes the apppropriate kind of ECC. For example,
5280 that may mean passing the @code{oob_softecc} flag when
5281 writing NAND data, or ensuring that the correct hardware
5282 ECC mode is used.
5283
5284 The basic steps for using NAND devices include:
5285 @enumerate
5286 @item Declare via the command @command{nand device}
5287 @* Do this in a board-specific configuration file,
5288 passing parameters as needed by the controller.
5289 @item Configure each device using @command{nand probe}.
5290 @* Do this only after the associated target is set up,
5291 such as in its reset-init script or in procures defined
5292 to access that device.
5293 @item Operate on the flash via @command{nand subcommand}
5294 @* Often commands to manipulate the flash are typed by a human, or run
5295 via a script in some automated way. Common task include writing a
5296 boot loader, operating system, or other data needed to initialize or
5297 de-brick a board.
5298 @end enumerate
5299
5300 @b{NOTE:} At the time this text was written, the largest NAND
5301 flash fully supported by OpenOCD is 2 GiBytes (16 GiBits).
5302 This is because the variables used to hold offsets and lengths
5303 are only 32 bits wide.
5304 (Larger chips may work in some cases, unless an offset or length
5305 is larger than 0xffffffff, the largest 32-bit unsigned integer.)
5306 Some larger devices will work, since they are actually multi-chip
5307 modules with two smaller chips and individual chipselect lines.
5308
5309 @anchor{NAND Configuration}
5310 @section NAND Configuration Commands
5311 @cindex NAND configuration
5312
5313 NAND chips must be declared in configuration scripts,
5314 plus some additional configuration that's done after
5315 OpenOCD has initialized.
5316
5317 @deffn {Config Command} {nand device} name driver target [configparams...]
5318 Declares a NAND device, which can be read and written to
5319 after it has been configured through @command{nand probe}.
5320 In OpenOCD, devices are single chips; this is unlike some
5321 operating systems, which may manage multiple chips as if
5322 they were a single (larger) device.
5323 In some cases, configuring a device will activate extra
5324 commands; see the controller-specific documentation.
5325
5326 @b{NOTE:} This command is not available after OpenOCD
5327 initialization has completed. Use it in board specific
5328 configuration files, not interactively.
5329
5330 @itemize @bullet
5331 @item @var{name} ... may be used to reference the NAND bank
5332 in most other NAND commands. A number is also available.
5333 @item @var{driver} ... identifies the NAND controller driver
5334 associated with the NAND device being declared.
5335 @xref{NAND Driver List}.
5336 @item @var{target} ... names the target used when issuing
5337 commands to the NAND controller.
5338 @comment Actually, it's currently a controller-specific parameter...
5339 @item @var{configparams} ... controllers may support, or require,
5340 additional parameters. See the controller-specific documentation
5341 for more information.
5342 @end itemize
5343 @end deffn
5344
5345 @deffn Command {nand list}
5346 Prints a summary of each device declared
5347 using @command{nand device}, numbered from zero.
5348 Note that un-probed devices show no details.
5349 @example
5350 > nand list
5351 #0: NAND 1GiB 3,3V 8-bit (Micron) pagesize: 2048, buswidth: 8,
5352 blocksize: 131072, blocks: 8192
5353 #1: NAND 1GiB 3,3V 8-bit (Micron) pagesize: 2048, buswidth: 8,
5354 blocksize: 131072, blocks: 8192
5355 >
5356 @end example
5357 @end deffn
5358
5359 @deffn Command {nand probe} num
5360 Probes the specified device to determine key characteristics
5361 like its page and block sizes, and how many blocks it has.
5362 The @var{num} parameter is the value shown by @command{nand list}.
5363 You must (successfully) probe a device before you can use
5364 it with most other NAND commands.
5365 @end deffn
5366
5367 @section Erasing, Reading, Writing to NAND Flash
5368
5369 @deffn Command {nand dump} num filename offset length [oob_option]
5370 @cindex NAND reading
5371 Reads binary data from the NAND device and writes it to the file,
5372 starting at the specified offset.
5373 The @var{num} parameter is the value shown by @command{nand list}.
5374
5375 Use a complete path name for @var{filename}, so you don't depend
5376 on the directory used to start the OpenOCD server.
5377
5378 The @var{offset} and @var{length} must be exact multiples of the
5379 device's page size. They describe a data region; the OOB data
5380 associated with each such page may also be accessed.
5381
5382 @b{NOTE:} At the time this text was written, no error correction
5383 was done on the data that's read, unless raw access was disabled
5384 and the underlying NAND controller driver had a @code{read_page}
5385 method which handled that error correction.
5386
5387 By default, only page data is saved to the specified file.
5388 Use an @var{oob_option} parameter to save OOB data:
5389 @itemize @bullet
5390 @item no oob_* parameter
5391 @*Output file holds only page data; OOB is discarded.
5392 @item @code{oob_raw}
5393 @*Output file interleaves page data and OOB data;
5394 the file will be longer than "length" by the size of the
5395 spare areas associated with each data page.
5396 Note that this kind of "raw" access is different from
5397 what's implied by @command{nand raw_access}, which just
5398 controls whether a hardware-aware access method is used.
5399 @item @code{oob_only}
5400 @*Output file has only raw OOB data, and will
5401 be smaller than "length" since it will contain only the
5402 spare areas associated with each data page.
5403 @end itemize
5404 @end deffn
5405
5406 @deffn Command {nand erase} num [offset length]
5407 @cindex NAND erasing
5408 @cindex NAND programming
5409 Erases blocks on the specified NAND device, starting at the
5410 specified @var{offset} and continuing for @var{length} bytes.
5411 Both of those values must be exact multiples of the device's
5412 block size, and the region they specify must fit entirely in the chip.
5413 If those parameters are not specified,
5414 the whole NAND chip will be erased.
5415 The @var{num} parameter is the value shown by @command{nand list}.
5416
5417 @b{NOTE:} This command will try to erase bad blocks, when told
5418 to do so, which will probably invalidate the manufacturer's bad
5419 block marker.
5420 For the remainder of the current server session, @command{nand info}
5421 will still report that the block ``is'' bad.
5422 @end deffn
5423
5424 @deffn Command {nand write} num filename offset [option...]
5425 @cindex NAND writing
5426 @cindex NAND programming
5427 Writes binary data from the file into the specified NAND device,
5428 starting at the specified offset. Those pages should already
5429 have been erased; you can't change zero bits to one bits.
5430 The @var{num} parameter is the value shown by @command{nand list}.
5431
5432 Use a complete path name for @var{filename}, so you don't depend
5433 on the directory used to start the OpenOCD server.
5434
5435 The @var{offset} must be an exact multiple of the device's page size.
5436 All data in the file will be written, assuming it doesn't run
5437 past the end of the device.
5438 Only full pages are written, and any extra space in the last
5439 page will be filled with 0xff bytes. (That includes OOB data,
5440 if that's being written.)
5441
5442 @b{NOTE:} At the time this text was written, bad blocks are
5443 ignored. That is, this routine will not skip bad blocks,
5444 but will instead try to write them. This can cause problems.
5445
5446 Provide at most one @var{option} parameter. With some
5447 NAND drivers, the meanings of these parameters may change
5448 if @command{nand raw_access} was used to disable hardware ECC.
5449 @itemize @bullet
5450 @item no oob_* parameter
5451 @*File has only page data, which is written.
5452 If raw acccess is in use, the OOB area will not be written.
5453 Otherwise, if the underlying NAND controller driver has
5454 a @code{write_page} routine, that routine may write the OOB
5455 with hardware-computed ECC data.
5456 @item @code{oob_only}
5457 @*File has only raw OOB data, which is written to the OOB area.
5458 Each page's data area stays untouched. @i{This can be a dangerous
5459 option}, since it can invalidate the ECC data.
5460 You may need to force raw access to use this mode.
5461 @item @code{oob_raw}
5462 @*File interleaves data and OOB data, both of which are written
5463 If raw access is enabled, the data is written first, then the
5464 un-altered OOB.
5465 Otherwise, if the underlying NAND controller driver has
5466 a @code{write_page} routine, that routine may modify the OOB
5467 before it's written, to include hardware-computed ECC data.
5468 @item @code{oob_softecc}
5469 @*File has only page data, which is written.
5470 The OOB area is filled with 0xff, except for a standard 1-bit
5471 software ECC code stored in conventional locations.
5472 You might need to force raw access to use this mode, to prevent
5473 the underlying driver from applying hardware ECC.
5474 @item @code{oob_softecc_kw}
5475 @*File has only page data, which is written.
5476 The OOB area is filled with 0xff, except for a 4-bit software ECC
5477 specific to the boot ROM in Marvell Kirkwood SoCs.
5478 You might need to force raw access to use this mode, to prevent
5479 the underlying driver from applying hardware ECC.
5480 @end itemize
5481 @end deffn
5482
5483 @deffn Command {nand verify} num filename offset [option...]
5484 @cindex NAND verification
5485 @cindex NAND programming
5486 Verify the binary data in the file has been programmed to the
5487 specified NAND device, starting at the specified offset.
5488 The @var{num} parameter is the value shown by @command{nand list}.
5489
5490 Use a complete path name for @var{filename}, so you don't depend
5491 on the directory used to start the OpenOCD server.
5492
5493 The @var{offset} must be an exact multiple of the device's page size.
5494 All data in the file will be read and compared to the contents of the
5495 flash, assuming it doesn't run past the end of the device.
5496 As with @command{nand write}, only full pages are verified, so any extra
5497 space in the last page will be filled with 0xff bytes.
5498
5499 The same @var{options} accepted by @command{nand write},
5500 and the file will be processed similarly to produce the buffers that
5501 can be compared against the contents produced from @command{nand dump}.
5502
5503 @b{NOTE:} This will not work when the underlying NAND controller
5504 driver's @code{write_page} routine must update the OOB with a
5505 hardward-computed ECC before the data is written. This limitation may
5506 be removed in a future release.
5507 @end deffn
5508
5509 @section Other NAND commands
5510 @cindex NAND other commands
5511
5512 @deffn Command {nand check_bad_blocks} num [offset length]
5513 Checks for manufacturer bad block markers on the specified NAND
5514 device. If no parameters are provided, checks the whole
5515 device; otherwise, starts at the specified @var{offset} and
5516 continues for @var{length} bytes.
5517 Both of those values must be exact multiples of the device's
5518 block size, and the region they specify must fit entirely in the chip.
5519 The @var{num} parameter is the value shown by @command{nand list}.
5520
5521 @b{NOTE:} Before using this command you should force raw access
5522 with @command{nand raw_access enable} to ensure that the underlying
5523 driver will not try to apply hardware ECC.
5524 @end deffn
5525
5526 @deffn Command {nand info} num
5527 The @var{num} parameter is the value shown by @command{nand list}.
5528 This prints the one-line summary from "nand list", plus for
5529 devices which have been probed this also prints any known
5530 status for each block.
5531 @end deffn
5532
5533 @deffn Command {nand raw_access} num (@option{enable}|@option{disable})
5534 Sets or clears an flag affecting how page I/O is done.
5535 The @var{num} parameter is the value shown by @command{nand list}.
5536
5537 This flag is cleared (disabled) by default, but changing that
5538 value won't affect all NAND devices. The key factor is whether
5539 the underlying driver provides @code{read_page} or @code{write_page}
5540 methods. If it doesn't provide those methods, the setting of
5541 this flag is irrelevant; all access is effectively ``raw''.
5542
5543 When those methods exist, they are normally used when reading
5544 data (@command{nand dump} or reading bad block markers) or
5545 writing it (@command{nand write}). However, enabling
5546 raw access (setting the flag) prevents use of those methods,
5547 bypassing hardware ECC logic.
5548 @i{This can be a dangerous option}, since writing blocks
5549 with the wrong ECC data can cause them to be marked as bad.
5550 @end deffn
5551
5552 @anchor{NAND Driver List}
5553 @section NAND Driver List
5554 As noted above, the @command{nand device} command allows
5555 driver-specific options and behaviors.
5556 Some controllers also activate controller-specific commands.
5557
5558 @deffn {NAND Driver} at91sam9
5559 This driver handles the NAND controllers found on AT91SAM9 family chips from
5560 Atmel. It takes two extra parameters: address of the NAND chip;
5561 address of the ECC controller.
5562 @example
5563 nand device $NANDFLASH at91sam9 $CHIPNAME 0x40000000 0xfffffe800
5564 @end example
5565 AT91SAM9 chips support single-bit ECC hardware. The @code{write_page} and
5566 @code{read_page} methods are used to utilize the ECC hardware unless they are
5567 disabled by using the @command{nand raw_access} command. There are four
5568 additional commands that are needed to fully configure the AT91SAM9 NAND
5569 controller. Two are optional; most boards use the same wiring for ALE/CLE:
5570 @deffn Command {at91sam9 cle} num addr_line
5571 Configure the address line used for latching commands. The @var{num}
5572 parameter is the value shown by @command{nand list}.
5573 @end deffn
5574 @deffn Command {at91sam9 ale} num addr_line
5575 Configure the address line used for latching addresses. The @var{num}
5576 parameter is the value shown by @command{nand list}.
5577 @end deffn
5578
5579 For the next two commands, it is assumed that the pins have already been
5580 properly configured for input or output.
5581 @deffn Command {at91sam9 rdy_busy} num pio_base_addr pin
5582 Configure the RDY/nBUSY input from the NAND device. The @var{num}
5583 parameter is the value shown by @command{nand list}. @var{pio_base_addr}
5584 is the base address of the PIO controller and @var{pin} is the pin number.
5585 @end deffn
5586 @deffn Command {at91sam9 ce} num pio_base_addr pin
5587 Configure the chip enable input to the NAND device. The @var{num}
5588 parameter is the value shown by @command{nand list}. @var{pio_base_addr}
5589 is the base address of the PIO controller and @var{pin} is the pin number.
5590 @end deffn
5591 @end deffn
5592
5593 @deffn {NAND Driver} davinci
5594 This driver handles the NAND controllers found on DaVinci family
5595 chips from Texas Instruments.
5596 It takes three extra parameters:
5597 address of the NAND chip;
5598 hardware ECC mode to use (@option{hwecc1},
5599 @option{hwecc4}, @option{hwecc4_infix});
5600 address of the AEMIF controller on this processor.
5601 @example
5602 nand device davinci dm355.arm 0x02000000 hwecc4 0x01e10000
5603 @end example
5604 All DaVinci processors support the single-bit ECC hardware,
5605 and newer ones also support the four-bit ECC hardware.
5606 The @code{write_page} and @code{read_page} methods are used
5607 to implement those ECC modes, unless they are disabled using
5608 the @command{nand raw_access} command.
5609 @end deffn
5610
5611 @deffn {NAND Driver} lpc3180
5612 These controllers require an extra @command{nand device}
5613 parameter: the clock rate used by the controller.
5614 @deffn Command {lpc3180 select} num [mlc|slc]
5615 Configures use of the MLC or SLC controller mode.
5616 MLC implies use of hardware ECC.
5617 The @var{num} parameter is the value shown by @command{nand list}.
5618 @end deffn
5619
5620 At this writing, this driver includes @code{write_page}
5621 and @code{read_page} methods. Using @command{nand raw_access}
5622 to disable those methods will prevent use of hardware ECC
5623 in the MLC controller mode, but won't change SLC behavior.
5624 @end deffn
5625 @comment current lpc3180 code won't issue 5-byte address cycles
5626
5627 @deffn {NAND Driver} mx3
5628 This driver handles the NAND controller in i.MX31. The mxc driver
5629 should work for this chip aswell.
5630 @end deffn
5631
5632 @deffn {NAND Driver} mxc
5633 This driver handles the NAND controller found in Freescale i.MX
5634 chips. It has support for v1 (i.MX27 and i.MX31) and v2 (i.MX35).
5635 The driver takes 3 extra arguments, chip (@option{mx27},
5636 @option{mx31}, @option{mx35}), ecc (@option{noecc}, @option{hwecc})
5637 and optionally if bad block information should be swapped between
5638 main area and spare area (@option{biswap}), defaults to off.
5639 @example
5640 nand device mx35.nand mxc imx35.cpu mx35 hwecc biswap
5641 @end example
5642 @deffn Command {mxc biswap} bank_num [enable|disable]
5643 Turns on/off bad block information swaping from main area,
5644 without parameter query status.
5645 @end deffn
5646 @end deffn
5647
5648 @deffn {NAND Driver} orion
5649 These controllers require an extra @command{nand device}
5650 parameter: the address of the controller.
5651 @example
5652 nand device orion 0xd8000000
5653 @end example
5654 These controllers don't define any specialized commands.
5655 At this writing, their drivers don't include @code{write_page}
5656 or @code{read_page} methods, so @command{nand raw_access} won't
5657 change any behavior.
5658 @end deffn
5659
5660 @deffn {NAND Driver} s3c2410
5661 @deffnx {NAND Driver} s3c2412
5662 @deffnx {NAND Driver} s3c2440
5663 @deffnx {NAND Driver} s3c2443
5664 @deffnx {NAND Driver} s3c6400
5665 These S3C family controllers don't have any special
5666 @command{nand device} options, and don't define any
5667 specialized commands.
5668 At this writing, their drivers don't include @code{write_page}
5669 or @code{read_page} methods, so @command{nand raw_access} won't
5670 change any behavior.
5671 @end deffn
5672
5673 @node PLD/FPGA Commands
5674 @chapter PLD/FPGA Commands
5675 @cindex PLD
5676 @cindex FPGA
5677
5678 Programmable Logic Devices (PLDs) and the more flexible
5679 Field Programmable Gate Arrays (FPGAs) are both types of programmable hardware.
5680 OpenOCD can support programming them.
5681 Although PLDs are generally restrictive (cells are less functional, and
5682 there are no special purpose cells for memory or computational tasks),
5683 they share the same OpenOCD infrastructure.
5684 Accordingly, both are called PLDs here.
5685
5686 @section PLD/FPGA Configuration and Commands
5687
5688 As it does for JTAG TAPs, debug targets, and flash chips (both NOR and NAND),
5689 OpenOCD maintains a list of PLDs available for use in various commands.
5690 Also, each such PLD requires a driver.
5691
5692 They are referenced by the number shown by the @command{pld devices} command,
5693 and new PLDs are defined by @command{pld device driver_name}.
5694
5695 @deffn {Config Command} {pld device} driver_name tap_name [driver_options]
5696 Defines a new PLD device, supported by driver @var{driver_name},
5697 using the TAP named @var{tap_name}.
5698 The driver may make use of any @var{driver_options} to configure its
5699 behavior.
5700 @end deffn
5701
5702 @deffn {Command} {pld devices}
5703 Lists the PLDs and their numbers.
5704 @end deffn
5705
5706 @deffn {Command} {pld load} num filename
5707 Loads the file @file{filename} into the PLD identified by @var{num}.
5708 The file format must be inferred by the driver.
5709 @end deffn
5710
5711 @section PLD/FPGA Drivers, Options, and Commands
5712
5713 Drivers may support PLD-specific options to the @command{pld device}
5714 definition command, and may also define commands usable only with
5715 that particular type of PLD.
5716
5717 @deffn {FPGA Driver} virtex2
5718 Virtex-II is a family of FPGAs sold by Xilinx.
5719 It supports the IEEE 1532 standard for In-System Configuration (ISC).
5720 No driver-specific PLD definition options are used,
5721 and one driver-specific command is defined.
5722
5723 @deffn {Command} {virtex2 read_stat} num
5724 Reads and displays the Virtex-II status register (STAT)
5725 for FPGA @var{num}.
5726 @end deffn
5727 @end deffn
5728
5729 @node General Commands
5730 @chapter General Commands
5731 @cindex commands
5732
5733 The commands documented in this chapter here are common commands that
5734 you, as a human, may want to type and see the output of. Configuration type
5735 commands are documented elsewhere.
5736
5737 Intent:
5738 @itemize @bullet
5739 @item @b{Source Of Commands}
5740 @* OpenOCD commands can occur in a configuration script (discussed
5741 elsewhere) or typed manually by a human or supplied programatically,
5742 or via one of several TCP/IP Ports.
5743
5744 @item @b{From the human}
5745 @* A human should interact with the telnet interface (default port: 4444)
5746 or via GDB (default port 3333).
5747
5748 To issue commands from within a GDB session, use the @option{monitor}
5749 command, e.g. use @option{monitor poll} to issue the @option{poll}
5750 command. All output is relayed through the GDB session.
5751
5752 @item @b{Machine Interface}
5753 The Tcl interface's intent is to be a machine interface. The default Tcl
5754 port is 5555.
5755 @end itemize
5756
5757
5758 @section Daemon Commands
5759
5760 @deffn {Command} exit
5761 Exits the current telnet session.
5762 @end deffn
5763
5764 @deffn {Command} help [string]
5765 With no parameters, prints help text for all commands.
5766 Otherwise, prints each helptext containing @var{string}.
5767 Not every command provides helptext.
5768
5769 Configuration commands, and commands valid at any time, are
5770 explicitly noted in parenthesis.
5771 In most cases, no such restriction is listed; this indicates commands
5772 which are only available after the configuration stage has completed.
5773 @end deffn
5774
5775 @deffn Command sleep msec [@option{busy}]
5776 Wait for at least @var{msec} milliseconds before resuming.
5777 If @option{busy} is passed, busy-wait instead of sleeping.
5778 (This option is strongly discouraged.)
5779 Useful in connection with script files
5780 (@command{script} command and @command{target_name} configuration).
5781 @end deffn
5782
5783 @deffn Command shutdown
5784 Close the OpenOCD daemon, disconnecting all clients (GDB, telnet, other).
5785 @end deffn
5786
5787 @anchor{debug_level}
5788 @deffn Command debug_level [n]
5789 @cindex message level
5790 Display debug level.
5791 If @var{n} (from 0..3) is provided, then set it to that level.
5792 This affects the kind of messages sent to the server log.
5793 Level 0 is error messages only;
5794 level 1 adds warnings;
5795 level 2 adds informational messages;
5796 and level 3 adds debugging messages.
5797 The default is level 2, but that can be overridden on
5798 the command line along with the location of that log
5799 file (which is normally the server's standard output).
5800 @xref{Running}.
5801 @end deffn
5802
5803 @deffn Command echo [-n] message
5804 Logs a message at "user" priority.
5805 Output @var{message} to stdout.
5806 Option "-n" suppresses trailing newline.
5807 @example
5808 echo "Downloading kernel -- please wait"
5809 @end example
5810 @end deffn
5811
5812 @deffn Command log_output [filename]
5813 Redirect logging to @var{filename};
5814 the initial log output channel is stderr.
5815 @end deffn
5816
5817 @deffn Command add_script_search_dir [directory]
5818 Add @var{directory} to the file/script search path.
5819 @end deffn
5820
5821 @anchor{Target State handling}
5822 @section Target State handling
5823 @cindex reset
5824 @cindex halt
5825 @cindex target initialization
5826
5827 In this section ``target'' refers to a CPU configured as
5828 shown earlier (@pxref{CPU Configuration}).
5829 These commands, like many, implicitly refer to
5830 a current target which is used to perform the
5831 various operations. The current target may be changed
5832 by using @command{targets} command with the name of the
5833 target which should become current.
5834
5835 @deffn Command reg [(number|name) [value]]
5836 Access a single register by @var{number} or by its @var{name}.
5837 The target must generally be halted before access to CPU core
5838 registers is allowed. Depending on the hardware, some other
5839 registers may be accessible while the target is running.
5840
5841 @emph{With no arguments}:
5842 list all available registers for the current target,
5843 showing number, name, size, value, and cache status.
5844 For valid entries, a value is shown; valid entries
5845 which are also dirty (and will be written back later)
5846 are flagged as such.
5847
5848 @emph{With number/name}: display that register's value.
5849
5850 @emph{With both number/name and value}: set register's value.
5851 Writes may be held in a writeback cache internal to OpenOCD,
5852 so that setting the value marks the register as dirty instead
5853 of immediately flushing that value. Resuming CPU execution
5854 (including by single stepping) or otherwise activating the
5855 relevant module will flush such values.
5856
5857 Cores may have surprisingly many registers in their
5858 Debug and trace infrastructure:
5859
5860 @example
5861 > reg
5862 ===== ARM registers
5863 (0) r0 (/32): 0x0000D3C2 (dirty)
5864 (1) r1 (/32): 0xFD61F31C
5865 (2) r2 (/32)
5866 ...
5867 (164) ETM_contextid_comparator_mask (/32)
5868 >
5869 @end example
5870 @end deffn
5871
5872 @deffn Command halt [ms]
5873 @deffnx Command wait_halt [ms]
5874 The @command{halt} command first sends a halt request to the target,
5875 which @command{wait_halt} doesn't.
5876 Otherwise these behave the same: wait up to @var{ms} milliseconds,
5877 or 5 seconds if there is no parameter, for the target to halt
5878 (and enter debug mode).
5879 Using 0 as the @var{ms} parameter prevents OpenOCD from waiting.
5880
5881 @quotation Warning
5882 On ARM cores, software using the @emph{wait for interrupt} operation
5883 often blocks the JTAG access needed by a @command{halt} command.
5884 This is because that operation also puts the core into a low
5885 power mode by gating the core clock;
5886 but the core clock is needed to detect JTAG clock transitions.
5887
5888 One partial workaround uses adaptive clocking: when the core is
5889 interrupted the operation completes, then JTAG clocks are accepted
5890 at least until the interrupt handler completes.
5891 However, this workaround is often unusable since the processor, board,
5892 and JTAG adapter must all support adaptive JTAG clocking.
5893 Also, it can't work until an interrupt is issued.
5894
5895 A more complete workaround is to not use that operation while you
5896 work with a JTAG debugger.
5897 Tasking environments generaly have idle loops where the body is the
5898 @emph{wait for interrupt} operation.
5899 (On older cores, it is a coprocessor action;
5900 newer cores have a @option{wfi} instruction.)
5901 Such loops can just remove that operation, at the cost of higher
5902 power consumption (because the CPU is needlessly clocked).
5903 @end quotation
5904
5905 @end deffn
5906
5907 @deffn Command resume [address]
5908 Resume the target at its current code position,
5909 or the optional @var{address} if it is provided.
5910 OpenOCD will wait 5 seconds for the target to resume.
5911 @end deffn
5912
5913 @deffn Command step [address]
5914 Single-step the target at its current code position,
5915 or the optional @var{address} if it is provided.
5916 @end deffn
5917
5918 @anchor{Reset Command}
5919 @deffn Command reset
5920 @deffnx Command {reset run}
5921 @deffnx Command {reset halt}
5922 @deffnx Command {reset init}
5923 Perform as hard a reset as possible, using SRST if possible.
5924 @emph{All defined targets will be reset, and target
5925 events will fire during the reset sequence.}
5926
5927 The optional parameter specifies what should
5928 happen after the reset.
5929 If there is no parameter, a @command{reset run} is executed.
5930 The other options will not work on all systems.
5931 @xref{Reset Configuration}.
5932
5933 @itemize @minus
5934 @item @b{run} Let the target run
5935 @item @b{halt} Immediately halt the target
5936 @item @b{init} Immediately halt the target, and execute the reset-init script
5937 @end itemize
5938 @end deffn
5939
5940 @deffn Command soft_reset_halt
5941 Requesting target halt and executing a soft reset. This is often used
5942 when a target cannot be reset and halted. The target, after reset is
5943 released begins to execute code. OpenOCD attempts to stop the CPU and
5944 then sets the program counter back to the reset vector. Unfortunately
5945 the code that was executed may have left the hardware in an unknown
5946 state.
5947 @end deffn
5948
5949 @section I/O Utilities
5950
5951 These commands are available when
5952 OpenOCD is built with @option{--enable-ioutil}.
5953 They are mainly useful on embedded targets,
5954 notably the ZY1000.
5955 Hosts with operating systems have complementary tools.
5956
5957 @emph{Note:} there are several more such commands.
5958
5959 @deffn Command append_file filename [string]*
5960 Appends the @var{string} parameters to
5961 the text file @file{filename}.
5962 Each string except the last one is followed by one space.
5963 The last string is followed by a newline.
5964 @end deffn
5965
5966 @deffn Command cat filename
5967 Reads and displays the text file @file{filename}.
5968 @end deffn
5969
5970 @deffn Command cp src_filename dest_filename
5971 Copies contents from the file @file{src_filename}
5972 into @file{dest_filename}.
5973 @end deffn
5974
5975 @deffn Command ip
5976 @emph{No description provided.}
5977 @end deffn
5978
5979 @deffn Command ls
5980 @emph{No description provided.}
5981 @end deffn
5982
5983 @deffn Command mac
5984 @emph{No description provided.}
5985 @end deffn
5986
5987 @deffn Command meminfo
5988 Display available RAM memory on OpenOCD host.
5989 Used in OpenOCD regression testing scripts.
5990 @end deffn
5991
5992 @deffn Command peek
5993 @emph{No description provided.}
5994 @end deffn
5995
5996 @deffn Command poke
5997 @emph{No description provided.}
5998 @end deffn
5999
6000 @deffn Command rm filename
6001 @c "rm" has both normal and Jim-level versions??
6002 Unlinks the file @file{filename}.
6003 @end deffn
6004
6005 @deffn Command trunc filename
6006 Removes all data in the file @file{filename}.
6007 @end deffn
6008
6009 @anchor{Memory access}
6010 @section Memory access commands
6011 @cindex memory access
6012
6013 These commands allow accesses of a specific size to the memory
6014 system. Often these are used to configure the current target in some
6015 special way. For example - one may need to write certain values to the
6016 SDRAM controller to enable SDRAM.
6017
6018 @enumerate
6019 @item Use the @command{targets} (plural) command
6020 to change the current target.
6021 @item In system level scripts these commands are deprecated.
6022 Please use their TARGET object siblings to avoid making assumptions
6023 about what TAP is the current target, or about MMU configuration.
6024 @end enumerate
6025
6026 @deffn Command mdw [phys] addr [count]
6027 @deffnx Command mdh [phys] addr [count]
6028 @deffnx Command mdb [phys] addr [count]
6029 Display contents of address @var{addr}, as
6030 32-bit words (@command{mdw}), 16-bit halfwords (@command{mdh}),
6031 or 8-bit bytes (@command{mdb}).
6032 When the current target has an MMU which is present and active,
6033 @var{addr} is interpreted as a virtual address.
6034 Otherwise, or if the optional @var{phys} flag is specified,
6035 @var{addr} is interpreted as a physical address.
6036 If @var{count} is specified, displays that many units.
6037 (If you want to manipulate the data instead of displaying it,
6038 see the @code{mem2array} primitives.)
6039 @end deffn
6040
6041 @deffn Command mww [phys] addr word
6042 @deffnx Command mwh [phys] addr halfword
6043 @deffnx Command mwb [phys] addr byte
6044 Writes the specified @var{word} (32 bits),
6045 @var{halfword} (16 bits), or @var{byte} (8-bit) value,
6046 at the specified address @var{addr}.
6047 When the current target has an MMU which is present and active,
6048 @var{addr} is interpreted as a virtual address.
6049 Otherwise, or if the optional @var{phys} flag is specified,
6050 @var{addr} is interpreted as a physical address.
6051 @end deffn
6052
6053
6054 @anchor{Image access}
6055 @section Image loading commands
6056 @cindex image loading
6057 @cindex image dumping
6058
6059 @anchor{dump_image}
6060 @deffn Command {dump_image} filename address size
6061 Dump @var{size} bytes of target memory starting at @var{address} to the
6062 binary file named @var{filename}.
6063 @end deffn
6064
6065 @deffn Command {fast_load}
6066 Loads an image stored in memory by @command{fast_load_image} to the
6067 current target. Must be preceeded by fast_load_image.
6068 @end deffn
6069
6070 @deffn Command {fast_load_image} filename address [@option{bin}|@option{ihex}|@option{elf}|@option{s19}]
6071 Normally you should be using @command{load_image} or GDB load. However, for
6072 testing purposes or when I/O overhead is significant(OpenOCD running on an embedded
6073 host), storing the image in memory and uploading the image to the target
6074 can be a way to upload e.g. multiple debug sessions when the binary does not change.
6075 Arguments are the same as @command{load_image}, but the image is stored in OpenOCD host
6076 memory, i.e. does not affect target. This approach is also useful when profiling
6077 target programming performance as I/O and target programming can easily be profiled
6078 separately.
6079 @end deffn
6080
6081 @anchor{load_image}
6082 @deffn Command {load_image} filename address [[@option{bin}|@option{ihex}|@option{elf}|@option{s19}] @option{min_addr} @option{max_length}]
6083 Load image from file @var{filename} to target memory offset by @var{address} from its load address.
6084 The file format may optionally be specified
6085 (@option{bin}, @option{ihex}, @option{elf}, or @option{s19}).
6086 In addition the following arguments may be specifed:
6087 @var{min_addr} - ignore data below @var{min_addr} (this is w.r.t. to the target's load address + @var{address})
6088 @var{max_length} - maximum number of bytes to load.
6089 @example
6090 proc load_image_bin @{fname foffset address length @} @{
6091 # Load data from fname filename at foffset offset to
6092 # target at address. Load at most length bytes.
6093 load_image $fname [expr $address - $foffset] bin $address $length
6094 @}
6095 @end example
6096 @end deffn
6097
6098 @deffn Command {test_image} filename [address [@option{bin}|@option{ihex}|@option{elf}]]
6099 Displays image section sizes and addresses
6100 as if @var{filename} were loaded into target memory
6101 starting at @var{address} (defaults to zero).
6102 The file format may optionally be specified
6103 (@option{bin}, @option{ihex}, or @option{elf})
6104 @end deffn
6105
6106 @deffn Command {verify_image} filename address [@option{bin}|@option{ihex}|@option{elf}]
6107 Verify @var{filename} against target memory starting at @var{address}.
6108 The file format may optionally be specified
6109 (@option{bin}, @option{ihex}, or @option{elf})
6110 This will first attempt a comparison using a CRC checksum, if this fails it will try a binary compare.
6111 @end deffn
6112
6113
6114 @section Breakpoint and Watchpoint commands
6115 @cindex breakpoint
6116 @cindex watchpoint
6117
6118 CPUs often make debug modules accessible through JTAG, with
6119 hardware support for a handful of code breakpoints and data
6120 watchpoints.
6121 In addition, CPUs almost always support software breakpoints.
6122
6123 @deffn Command {bp} [address len [@option{hw}]]
6124 With no parameters, lists all active breakpoints.
6125 Else sets a breakpoint on code execution starting
6126 at @var{address} for @var{length} bytes.
6127 This is a software breakpoint, unless @option{hw} is specified
6128 in which case it will be a hardware breakpoint.
6129
6130 (@xref{arm9 vector_catch}, or @pxref{xscale vector_catch},
6131 for similar mechanisms that do not consume hardware breakpoints.)
6132 @end deffn
6133
6134 @deffn Command {rbp} address
6135 Remove the breakpoint at @var{address}.
6136 @end deffn
6137
6138 @deffn Command {rwp} address
6139 Remove data watchpoint on @var{address}
6140 @end deffn
6141
6142 @deffn Command {wp} [address len [(@option{r}|@option{w}|@option{a}) [value [mask]]]]
6143 With no parameters, lists all active watchpoints.
6144 Else sets a data watchpoint on data from @var{address} for @var{length} bytes.
6145 The watch point is an "access" watchpoint unless
6146 the @option{r} or @option{w} parameter is provided,
6147 defining it as respectively a read or write watchpoint.
6148 If a @var{value} is provided, that value is used when determining if
6149 the watchpoint should trigger. The value may be first be masked
6150 using @var{mask} to mark ``don't care'' fields.
6151 @end deffn
6152
6153 @section Misc Commands
6154
6155 @cindex profiling
6156 @deffn Command {profile} seconds filename
6157 Profiling samples the CPU's program counter as quickly as possible,
6158 which is useful for non-intrusive stochastic profiling.
6159 Saves up to 10000 sampines in @file{filename} using ``gmon.out'' format.
6160 @end deffn
6161
6162 @deffn Command {version}
6163 Displays a string identifying the version of this OpenOCD server.
6164 @end deffn
6165
6166 @deffn Command {virt2phys} virtual_address
6167 Requests the current target to map the specified @var{virtual_address}
6168 to its corresponding physical address, and displays the result.
6169 @end deffn
6170
6171 @node Architecture and Core Commands
6172 @chapter Architecture and Core Commands
6173 @cindex Architecture Specific Commands
6174 @cindex Core Specific Commands
6175
6176 Most CPUs have specialized JTAG operations to support debugging.
6177 OpenOCD packages most such operations in its standard command framework.
6178 Some of those operations don't fit well in that framework, so they are
6179 exposed here as architecture or implementation (core) specific commands.
6180
6181 @anchor{ARM Hardware Tracing}
6182 @section ARM Hardware Tracing
6183 @cindex tracing
6184 @cindex ETM
6185 @cindex ETB
6186
6187 CPUs based on ARM cores may include standard tracing interfaces,
6188 based on an ``Embedded Trace Module'' (ETM) which sends voluminous
6189 address and data bus trace records to a ``Trace Port''.
6190
6191 @itemize
6192 @item
6193 Development-oriented boards will sometimes provide a high speed
6194 trace connector for collecting that data, when the particular CPU
6195 supports such an interface.
6196 (The standard connector is a 38-pin Mictor, with both JTAG
6197 and trace port support.)
6198 Those trace connectors are supported by higher end JTAG adapters
6199 and some logic analyzer modules; frequently those modules can
6200 buffer several megabytes of trace data.
6201 Configuring an ETM coupled to such an external trace port belongs
6202 in the board-specific configuration file.
6203 @item
6204 If the CPU doesn't provide an external interface, it probably
6205 has an ``Embedded Trace Buffer'' (ETB) on the chip, which is a
6206 dedicated SRAM. 4KBytes is one common ETB size.
6207 Configuring an ETM coupled only to an ETB belongs in the CPU-specific
6208 (target) configuration file, since it works the same on all boards.
6209 @end itemize
6210
6211 ETM support in OpenOCD doesn't seem to be widely used yet.
6212
6213 @quotation Issues
6214 ETM support may be buggy, and at least some @command{etm config}
6215 parameters should be detected by asking the ETM for them.
6216
6217 ETM trigger events could also implement a kind of complex
6218 hardware breakpoint, much more powerful than the simple
6219 watchpoint hardware exported by EmbeddedICE modules.
6220 @emph{Such breakpoints can be triggered even when using the
6221 dummy trace port driver}.
6222
6223 It seems like a GDB hookup should be possible,
6224 as well as tracing only during specific states
6225 (perhaps @emph{handling IRQ 23} or @emph{calls foo()}).
6226
6227 There should be GUI tools to manipulate saved trace data and help
6228 analyse it in conjunction with the source code.
6229 It's unclear how much of a common interface is shared
6230 with the current XScale trace support, or should be
6231 shared with eventual Nexus-style trace module support.
6232
6233 At this writing (November 2009) only ARM7, ARM9, and ARM11 support
6234 for ETM modules is available. The code should be able to
6235 work with some newer cores; but not all of them support
6236 this original style of JTAG access.
6237 @end quotation
6238
6239 @subsection ETM Configuration
6240 ETM setup is coupled with the trace port driver configuration.
6241
6242 @deffn {Config Command} {etm config} target width mode clocking driver
6243 Declares the ETM associated with @var{target}, and associates it
6244 with a given trace port @var{driver}. @xref{Trace Port Drivers}.
6245
6246 Several of the parameters must reflect the trace port capabilities,
6247 which are a function of silicon capabilties (exposed later
6248 using @command{etm info}) and of what hardware is connected to
6249 that port (such as an external pod, or ETB).
6250 The @var{width} must be either 4, 8, or 16,
6251 except with ETMv3.0 and newer modules which may also
6252 support 1, 2, 24, 32, 48, and 64 bit widths.
6253 (With those versions, @command{etm info} also shows whether
6254 the selected port width and mode are supported.)
6255
6256 The @var{mode} must be @option{normal}, @option{multiplexed},
6257 or @option{demultiplexed}.
6258 The @var{clocking} must be @option{half} or @option{full}.
6259
6260 @quotation Warning
6261 With ETMv3.0 and newer, the bits set with the @var{mode} and
6262 @var{clocking} parameters both control the mode.
6263 This modified mode does not map to the values supported by
6264 previous ETM modules, so this syntax is subject to change.
6265 @end quotation
6266
6267 @quotation Note
6268 You can see the ETM registers using the @command{reg} command.
6269 Not all possible registers are present in every ETM.
6270 Most of the registers are write-only, and are used to configure
6271 what CPU activities are traced.
6272 @end quotation
6273 @end deffn
6274
6275 @deffn Command {etm info}
6276 Displays information about the current target's ETM.
6277 This includes resource counts from the @code{ETM_CONFIG} register,
6278 as well as silicon capabilities (except on rather old modules).
6279 from the @code{ETM_SYS_CONFIG} register.
6280 @end deffn
6281
6282 @deffn Command {etm status}
6283 Displays status of the current target's ETM and trace port driver:
6284 is the ETM idle, or is it collecting data?
6285 Did trace data overflow?
6286 Was it triggered?
6287 @end deffn
6288
6289 @deffn Command {etm tracemode} [type context_id_bits cycle_accurate branch_output]
6290 Displays what data that ETM will collect.
6291 If arguments are provided, first configures that data.
6292 When the configuration changes, tracing is stopped
6293 and any buffered trace data is invalidated.
6294
6295 @itemize
6296 @item @var{type} ... describing how data accesses are traced,
6297 when they pass any ViewData filtering that that was set up.
6298 The value is one of
6299 @option{none} (save nothing),
6300 @option{data} (save data),
6301 @option{address} (save addresses),
6302 @option{all} (save data and addresses)
6303 @item @var{context_id_bits} ... 0, 8, 16, or 32
6304 @item @var{cycle_accurate} ... @option{enable} or @option{disable}
6305 cycle-accurate instruction tracing.
6306 Before ETMv3, enabling this causes much extra data to be recorded.
6307 @item @var{branch_output} ... @option{enable} or @option{disable}.
6308 Disable this unless you need to try reconstructing the instruction
6309 trace stream without an image of the code.
6310 @end itemize
6311 @end deffn
6312
6313 @deffn Command {etm trigger_debug} (@option{enable}|@option{disable})
6314 Displays whether ETM triggering debug entry (like a breakpoint) is
6315 enabled or disabled, after optionally modifying that configuration.
6316 The default behaviour is @option{disable}.
6317 Any change takes effect after the next @command{etm start}.
6318
6319 By using script commands to configure ETM registers, you can make the
6320 processor enter debug state automatically when certain conditions,
6321 more complex than supported by the breakpoint hardware, happen.
6322 @end deffn
6323
6324 @subsection ETM Trace Operation
6325
6326 After setting up the ETM, you can use it to collect data.
6327 That data can be exported to files for later analysis.
6328 It can also be parsed with OpenOCD, for basic sanity checking.
6329
6330 To configure what is being traced, you will need to write
6331 various trace registers using @command{reg ETM_*} commands.
6332 For the definitions of these registers, read ARM publication
6333 @emph{IHI 0014, ``Embedded Trace Macrocell, Architecture Specification''}.
6334 Be aware that most of the relevant registers are write-only,
6335 and that ETM resources are limited. There are only a handful
6336 of address comparators, data comparators, counters, and so on.
6337
6338 Examples of scenarios you might arrange to trace include:
6339
6340 @itemize
6341 @item Code flow within a function, @emph{excluding} subroutines
6342 it calls. Use address range comparators to enable tracing
6343 for instruction access within that function's body.
6344 @item Code flow within a function, @emph{including} subroutines
6345 it calls. Use the sequencer and address comparators to activate
6346 tracing on an ``entered function'' state, then deactivate it by
6347 exiting that state when the function's exit code is invoked.
6348 @item Code flow starting at the fifth invocation of a function,
6349 combining one of the above models with a counter.
6350 @item CPU data accesses to the registers for a particular device,
6351 using address range comparators and the ViewData logic.
6352 @item Such data accesses only during IRQ handling, combining the above
6353 model with sequencer triggers which on entry and exit to the IRQ handler.
6354 @item @emph{... more}
6355 @end itemize
6356
6357 At this writing, September 2009, there are no Tcl utility
6358 procedures to help set up any common tracing scenarios.
6359
6360 @deffn Command {etm analyze}
6361 Reads trace data into memory, if it wasn't already present.
6362 Decodes and prints the data that was collected.
6363 @end deffn
6364
6365 @deffn Command {etm dump} filename
6366 Stores the captured trace data in @file{filename}.
6367 @end deffn
6368
6369 @deffn Command {etm image} filename [base_address] [type]
6370 Opens an image file.
6371 @end deffn
6372
6373 @deffn Command {etm load} filename
6374 Loads captured trace data from @file{filename}.
6375 @end deffn
6376
6377 @deffn Command {etm start}
6378 Starts trace data collection.
6379 @end deffn
6380
6381 @deffn Command {etm stop}
6382 Stops trace data collection.
6383 @end deffn
6384
6385 @anchor{Trace Port Drivers}
6386 @subsection Trace Port Drivers
6387
6388 To use an ETM trace port it must be associated with a driver.
6389
6390 @deffn {Trace Port Driver} dummy
6391 Use the @option{dummy} driver if you are configuring an ETM that's
6392 not connected to anything (on-chip ETB or off-chip trace connector).
6393 @emph{This driver lets OpenOCD talk to the ETM, but it does not expose
6394 any trace data collection.}
6395 @deffn {Config Command} {etm_dummy config} target
6396 Associates the ETM for @var{target} with a dummy driver.
6397 @end deffn
6398 @end deffn
6399
6400 @deffn {Trace Port Driver} etb
6401 Use the @option{etb} driver if you are configuring an ETM
6402 to use on-chip ETB memory.
6403 @deffn {Config Command} {etb config} target etb_tap
6404 Associates the ETM for @var{target} with the ETB at @var{etb_tap}.
6405 You can see the ETB registers using the @command{reg} command.
6406 @end deffn
6407 @deffn Command {etb trigger_percent} [percent]
6408 This displays, or optionally changes, ETB behavior after the
6409 ETM's configured @emph{trigger} event fires.
6410 It controls how much more trace data is saved after the (single)
6411 trace trigger becomes active.
6412
6413 @itemize
6414 @item The default corresponds to @emph{trace around} usage,
6415 recording 50 percent data before the event and the rest
6416 afterwards.
6417 @item The minimum value of @var{percent} is 2 percent,
6418 recording almost exclusively data before the trigger.
6419 Such extreme @emph{trace before} usage can help figure out
6420 what caused that event to happen.
6421 @item The maximum value of @var{percent} is 100 percent,
6422 recording data almost exclusively after the event.
6423 This extreme @emph{trace after} usage might help sort out
6424 how the event caused trouble.
6425 @end itemize
6426 @c REVISIT allow "break" too -- enter debug mode.
6427 @end deffn
6428
6429 @end deffn
6430
6431 @deffn {Trace Port Driver} oocd_trace
6432 This driver isn't available unless OpenOCD was explicitly configured
6433 with the @option{--enable-oocd_trace} option. You probably don't want
6434 to configure it unless you've built the appropriate prototype hardware;
6435 it's @emph{proof-of-concept} software.
6436
6437 Use the @option{oocd_trace} driver if you are configuring an ETM that's
6438 connected to an off-chip trace connector.
6439
6440 @deffn {Config Command} {oocd_trace config} target tty
6441 Associates the ETM for @var{target} with a trace driver which
6442 collects data through the serial port @var{tty}.
6443 @end deffn
6444
6445 @deffn Command {oocd_trace resync}
6446 Re-synchronizes with the capture clock.
6447 @end deffn
6448
6449 @deffn Command {oocd_trace status}
6450 Reports whether the capture clock is locked or not.
6451 @end deffn
6452 @end deffn
6453
6454
6455 @section Generic ARM
6456 @cindex ARM
6457
6458 These commands should be available on all ARM processors.
6459 They are available in addition to other core-specific
6460 commands that may be available.
6461
6462 @deffn Command {arm core_state} [@option{arm}|@option{thumb}]
6463 Displays the core_state, optionally changing it to process
6464 either @option{arm} or @option{thumb} instructions.
6465 The target may later be resumed in the currently set core_state.
6466 (Processors may also support the Jazelle state, but
6467 that is not currently supported in OpenOCD.)
6468 @end deffn
6469
6470 @deffn Command {arm disassemble} address [count [@option{thumb}]]
6471 @cindex disassemble
6472 Disassembles @var{count} instructions starting at @var{address}.
6473 If @var{count} is not specified, a single instruction is disassembled.
6474 If @option{thumb} is specified, or the low bit of the address is set,
6475 Thumb2 (mixed 16/32-bit) instructions are used;
6476 else ARM (32-bit) instructions are used.
6477 (Processors may also support the Jazelle state, but
6478 those instructions are not currently understood by OpenOCD.)
6479
6480 Note that all Thumb instructions are Thumb2 instructions,
6481 so older processors (without Thumb2 support) will still
6482 see correct disassembly of Thumb code.
6483 Also, ThumbEE opcodes are the same as Thumb2,
6484 with a handful of exceptions.
6485 ThumbEE disassembly currently has no explicit support.
6486 @end deffn
6487
6488 @deffn Command {arm mcr} pX op1 CRn CRm op2 value
6489 Write @var{value} to a coprocessor @var{pX} register
6490 passing parameters @var{CRn},
6491 @var{CRm}, opcodes @var{opc1} and @var{opc2},
6492 and using the MCR instruction.
6493 (Parameter sequence matches the ARM instruction, but omits
6494 an ARM register.)
6495 @end deffn
6496
6497 @deffn Command {arm mrc} pX coproc op1 CRn CRm op2
6498 Read a coprocessor @var{pX} register passing parameters @var{CRn},
6499 @var{CRm}, opcodes @var{opc1} and @var{opc2},
6500 and the MRC instruction.
6501 Returns the result so it can be manipulated by Jim scripts.
6502 (Parameter sequence matches the ARM instruction, but omits
6503 an ARM register.)
6504 @end deffn
6505
6506 @deffn Command {arm reg}
6507 Display a table of all banked core registers, fetching the current value from every
6508 core mode if necessary.
6509 @end deffn
6510
6511 @deffn Command {arm semihosting} [@option{enable}|@option{disable}]
6512 @cindex ARM semihosting
6513 Display status of semihosting, after optionally changing that status.
6514
6515 Semihosting allows for code executing on an ARM target to use the
6516 I/O facilities on the host computer i.e. the system where OpenOCD
6517 is running. The target application must be linked against a library
6518 implementing the ARM semihosting convention that forwards operation
6519 requests by using a special SVC instruction that is trapped at the
6520 Supervisor Call vector by OpenOCD.
6521 @end deffn
6522
6523 @section ARMv4 and ARMv5 Architecture
6524 @cindex ARMv4
6525 @cindex ARMv5
6526
6527 The ARMv4 and ARMv5 architectures are widely used in embedded systems,
6528 and introduced core parts of the instruction set in use today.
6529 That includes the Thumb instruction set, introduced in the ARMv4T
6530 variant.
6531
6532 @subsection ARM7 and ARM9 specific commands
6533 @cindex ARM7
6534 @cindex ARM9
6535
6536 These commands are specific to ARM7 and ARM9 cores, like ARM7TDMI, ARM720T,
6537 ARM9TDMI, ARM920T or ARM926EJ-S.
6538 They are available in addition to the ARM commands,
6539 and any other core-specific commands that may be available.
6540
6541 @deffn Command {arm7_9 dbgrq} [@option{enable}|@option{disable}]
6542 Displays the value of the flag controlling use of the
6543 the EmbeddedIce DBGRQ signal to force entry into debug mode,
6544 instead of breakpoints.
6545 If a boolean parameter is provided, first assigns that flag.
6546
6547 This should be
6548 safe for all but ARM7TDMI-S cores (like NXP LPC).
6549 This feature is enabled by default on most ARM9 cores,
6550 including ARM9TDMI, ARM920T, and ARM926EJ-S.
6551 @end deffn
6552
6553 @deffn Command {arm7_9 dcc_downloads} [@option{enable}|@option{disable}]
6554 @cindex DCC
6555 Displays the value of the flag controlling use of the debug communications
6556 channel (DCC) to write larger (>128 byte) amounts of memory.
6557 If a boolean parameter is provided, first assigns that flag.
6558
6559 DCC downloads offer a huge speed increase, but might be
6560 unsafe, especially with targets running at very low speeds. This command was introduced
6561 with OpenOCD rev. 60, and requires a few bytes of working area.
6562 @end deffn
6563
6564 @anchor{arm7_9 fast_memory_access}
6565 @deffn Command {arm7_9 fast_memory_access} [@option{enable}|@option{disable}]
6566 Displays the value of the flag controlling use of memory writes and reads
6567 that don't check completion of the operation.
6568 If a boolean parameter is provided, first assigns that flag.
6569
6570 This provides a huge speed increase, especially with USB JTAG
6571 cables (FT2232), but might be unsafe if used with targets running at very low
6572 speeds, like the 32kHz startup clock of an AT91RM9200.
6573 @end deffn
6574
6575 @subsection ARM720T specific commands
6576 @cindex ARM720T
6577
6578 These commands are available to ARM720T based CPUs,
6579 which are implementations of the ARMv4T architecture
6580 based on the ARM7TDMI-S integer core.
6581 They are available in addition to the ARM and ARM7/ARM9 commands.
6582
6583 @deffn Command {arm720t cp15} opcode [value]
6584 @emph{DEPRECATED -- avoid using this.
6585 Use the @command{arm mrc} or @command{arm mcr} commands instead.}
6586
6587 Display cp15 register returned by the ARM instruction @var{opcode};
6588 else if a @var{value} is provided, that value is written to that register.
6589 The @var{opcode} should be the value of either an MRC or MCR instruction.
6590 @end deffn
6591
6592 @subsection ARM9 specific commands
6593 @cindex ARM9
6594
6595 ARM9-family cores are built around ARM9TDMI or ARM9E (including ARM9EJS)
6596 integer processors.
6597 Such cores include the ARM920T, ARM926EJ-S, and ARM966.
6598
6599 @c 9-june-2009: tried this on arm920t, it didn't work.
6600 @c no-params always lists nothing caught, and that's how it acts.
6601 @c 23-oct-2009: doesn't work _consistently_ ... as if the ICE
6602 @c versions have different rules about when they commit writes.
6603
6604 @anchor{arm9 vector_catch}
6605 @deffn Command {arm9 vector_catch} [@option{all}|@option{none}|list]
6606 @cindex vector_catch
6607 Vector Catch hardware provides a sort of dedicated breakpoint
6608 for hardware events such as reset, interrupt, and abort.
6609 You can use this to conserve normal breakpoint resources,
6610 so long as you're not concerned with code that branches directly
6611 to those hardware vectors.
6612
6613 This always finishes by listing the current configuration.
6614 If parameters are provided, it first reconfigures the
6615 vector catch hardware to intercept
6616 @option{all} of the hardware vectors,
6617 @option{none} of them,
6618 or a list with one or more of the following:
6619 @option{reset} @option{undef} @option{swi} @option{pabt} @option{dabt}
6620 @option{irq} @option{fiq}.
6621 @end deffn
6622
6623 @subsection ARM920T specific commands
6624 @cindex ARM920T
6625
6626 These commands are available to ARM920T based CPUs,
6627 which are implementations of the ARMv4T architecture
6628 built using the ARM9TDMI integer core.
6629 They are available in addition to the ARM, ARM7/ARM9,
6630 and ARM9 commands.
6631
6632 @deffn Command {arm920t cache_info}
6633 Print information about the caches found. This allows to see whether your target
6634 is an ARM920T (2x16kByte cache) or ARM922T (2x8kByte cache).
6635 @end deffn
6636
6637 @deffn Command {arm920t cp15} regnum [value]
6638 Display cp15 register @var{regnum};
6639 else if a @var{value} is provided, that value is written to that register.
6640 This uses "physical access" and the register number is as
6641 shown in bits 38..33 of table 9-9 in the ARM920T TRM.
6642 (Not all registers can be written.)
6643 @end deffn
6644
6645 @deffn Command {arm920t cp15i} opcode [value [address]]
6646 @emph{DEPRECATED -- avoid using this.
6647 Use the @command{arm mrc} or @command{arm mcr} commands instead.}
6648
6649 Interpreted access using ARM instruction @var{opcode}, which should
6650 be the value of either an MRC or MCR instruction
6651 (as shown tables 9-11, 9-12, and 9-13 in the ARM920T TRM).
6652 If no @var{value} is provided, the result is displayed.
6653 Else if that value is written using the specified @var{address},
6654 or using zero if no other address is provided.
6655 @end deffn
6656
6657 @deffn Command {arm920t read_cache} filename
6658 Dump the content of ICache and DCache to a file named @file{filename}.
6659 @end deffn
6660
6661 @deffn Command {arm920t read_mmu} filename
6662 Dump the content of the ITLB and DTLB to a file named @file{filename}.
6663 @end deffn
6664
6665 @subsection ARM926ej-s specific commands
6666 @cindex ARM926ej-s
6667
6668 These commands are available to ARM926ej-s based CPUs,
6669 which are implementations of the ARMv5TEJ architecture
6670 based on the ARM9EJ-S integer core.
6671 They are available in addition to the ARM, ARM7/ARM9,
6672 and ARM9 commands.
6673
6674 The Feroceon cores also support these commands, although
6675 they are not built from ARM926ej-s designs.
6676
6677 @deffn Command {arm926ejs cache_info}
6678 Print information about the caches found.
6679 @end deffn
6680
6681 @subsection ARM966E specific commands
6682 @cindex ARM966E
6683
6684 These commands are available to ARM966 based CPUs,
6685 which are implementations of the ARMv5TE architecture.
6686 They are available in addition to the ARM, ARM7/ARM9,
6687 and ARM9 commands.
6688
6689 @deffn Command {arm966e cp15} regnum [value]
6690 Display cp15 register @var{regnum};
6691 else if a @var{value} is provided, that value is written to that register.
6692 The six bit @var{regnum} values are bits 37..32 from table 7-2 of the
6693 ARM966E-S TRM.
6694 There is no current control over bits 31..30 from that table,
6695 as required for BIST support.
6696 @end deffn
6697
6698 @subsection XScale specific commands
6699 @cindex XScale
6700
6701 Some notes about the debug implementation on the XScale CPUs:
6702
6703 The XScale CPU provides a special debug-only mini-instruction cache
6704 (mini-IC) in which exception vectors and target-resident debug handler
6705 code are placed by OpenOCD. In order to get access to the CPU, OpenOCD
6706 must point vector 0 (the reset vector) to the entry of the debug
6707 handler. However, this means that the complete first cacheline in the
6708 mini-IC is marked valid, which makes the CPU fetch all exception
6709 handlers from the mini-IC, ignoring the code in RAM.
6710
6711 To address this situation, OpenOCD provides the @code{xscale
6712 vector_table} command, which allows the user to explicity write
6713 individual entries to either the high or low vector table stored in
6714 the mini-IC.
6715
6716 It is recommended to place a pc-relative indirect branch in the vector
6717 table, and put the branch destination somewhere in memory. Doing so
6718 makes sure the code in the vector table stays constant regardless of
6719 code layout in memory:
6720 @example
6721 _vectors:
6722 ldr pc,[pc,#0x100-8]
6723 ldr pc,[pc,#0x100-8]
6724 ldr pc,[pc,#0x100-8]
6725 ldr pc,[pc,#0x100-8]
6726 ldr pc,[pc,#0x100-8]
6727 ldr pc,[pc,#0x100-8]
6728 ldr pc,[pc,#0x100-8]
6729 ldr pc,[pc,#0x100-8]
6730 .org 0x100
6731 .long real_reset_vector
6732 .long real_ui_handler
6733 .long real_swi_handler
6734 .long real_pf_abort
6735 .long real_data_abort
6736 .long 0 /* unused */
6737 .long real_irq_handler
6738 .long real_fiq_handler
6739 @end example
6740
6741 Alternatively, you may choose to keep some or all of the mini-IC
6742 vector table entries synced with those written to memory by your
6743 system software. The mini-IC can not be modified while the processor
6744 is executing, but for each vector table entry not previously defined
6745 using the @code{xscale vector_table} command, OpenOCD will copy the
6746 value from memory to the mini-IC every time execution resumes from a
6747 halt. This is done for both high and low vector tables (although the
6748 table not in use may not be mapped to valid memory, and in this case
6749 that copy operation will silently fail). This means that you will
6750 need to briefly halt execution at some strategic point during system
6751 start-up; e.g., after the software has initialized the vector table,
6752 but before exceptions are enabled. A breakpoint can be used to
6753 accomplish this once the appropriate location in the start-up code has
6754 been identified. A watchpoint over the vector table region is helpful
6755 in finding the location if you're not sure. Note that the same
6756 situation exists any time the vector table is modified by the system
6757 software.
6758
6759 The debug handler must be placed somewhere in the address space using
6760 the @code{xscale debug_handler} command. The allowed locations for the
6761 debug handler are either (0x800 - 0x1fef800) or (0xfe000800 -
6762 0xfffff800). The default value is 0xfe000800.
6763
6764 XScale has resources to support two hardware breakpoints and two
6765 watchpoints. However, the following restrictions on watchpoint
6766 functionality apply: (1) the value and mask arguments to the @code{wp}
6767 command are not supported, (2) the watchpoint length must be a
6768 power of two and not less than four, and can not be greater than the
6769 watchpoint address, and (3) a watchpoint with a length greater than
6770 four consumes all the watchpoint hardware resources. This means that
6771 at any one time, you can have enabled either two watchpoints with a
6772 length of four, or one watchpoint with a length greater than four.
6773
6774 These commands are available to XScale based CPUs,
6775 which are implementations of the ARMv5TE architecture.
6776
6777 @deffn Command {xscale analyze_trace}
6778 Displays the contents of the trace buffer.
6779 @end deffn
6780
6781 @deffn Command {xscale cache_clean_address} address
6782 Changes the address used when cleaning the data cache.
6783 @end deffn
6784
6785 @deffn Command {xscale cache_info}
6786 Displays information about the CPU caches.
6787 @end deffn
6788
6789 @deffn Command {xscale cp15} regnum [value]
6790 Display cp15 register @var{regnum};
6791 else if a @var{value} is provided, that value is written to that register.
6792 @end deffn
6793
6794 @deffn Command {xscale debug_handler} target address
6795 Changes the address used for the specified target's debug handler.
6796 @end deffn
6797
6798 @deffn Command {xscale dcache} [@option{enable}|@option{disable}]
6799 Enables or disable the CPU's data cache.
6800 @end deffn
6801
6802 @deffn Command {xscale dump_trace} filename
6803 Dumps the raw contents of the trace buffer to @file{filename}.
6804 @end deffn
6805
6806 @deffn Command {xscale icache} [@option{enable}|@option{disable}]
6807 Enables or disable the CPU's instruction cache.
6808 @end deffn
6809
6810 @deffn Command {xscale mmu} [@option{enable}|@option{disable}]
6811 Enables or disable the CPU's memory management unit.
6812 @end deffn
6813
6814 @deffn Command {xscale trace_buffer} [@option{enable}|@option{disable} [@option{fill} [n] | @option{wrap}]]
6815 Displays the trace buffer status, after optionally
6816 enabling or disabling the trace buffer
6817 and modifying how it is emptied.
6818 @end deffn
6819
6820 @deffn Command {xscale trace_image} filename [offset [type]]
6821 Opens a trace image from @file{filename}, optionally rebasing
6822 its segment addresses by @var{offset}.
6823 The image @var{type} may be one of
6824 @option{bin} (binary), @option{ihex} (Intel hex),
6825 @option{elf} (ELF file), @option{s19} (Motorola s19),
6826 @option{mem}, or @option{builder}.
6827 @end deffn
6828
6829 @anchor{xscale vector_catch}
6830 @deffn Command {xscale vector_catch} [mask]
6831 @cindex vector_catch
6832 Display a bitmask showing the hardware vectors to catch.
6833 If the optional parameter is provided, first set the bitmask to that value.
6834
6835 The mask bits correspond with bit 16..23 in the DCSR:
6836 @example
6837 0x01 Trap Reset
6838 0x02 Trap Undefined Instructions
6839 0x04 Trap Software Interrupt
6840 0x08 Trap Prefetch Abort
6841 0x10 Trap Data Abort
6842 0x20 reserved
6843 0x40 Trap IRQ
6844 0x80 Trap FIQ
6845 @end example
6846 @end deffn
6847
6848 @anchor{xscale vector_table}
6849 @deffn Command {xscale vector_table} [(@option{low}|@option{high}) index value]
6850 @cindex vector_table
6851
6852 Set an entry in the mini-IC vector table. There are two tables: one for
6853 low vectors (at 0x00000000), and one for high vectors (0xFFFF0000), each
6854 holding the 8 exception vectors. @var{index} can be 1-7, because vector 0
6855 points to the debug handler entry and can not be overwritten.
6856 @var{value} holds the 32-bit opcode that is placed in the mini-IC.
6857
6858 Without arguments, the current settings are displayed.
6859
6860 @end deffn
6861
6862 @section ARMv6 Architecture
6863 @cindex ARMv6
6864
6865 @subsection ARM11 specific commands
6866 @cindex ARM11
6867
6868 @deffn Command {arm11 memwrite burst} [@option{enable}|@option{disable}]
6869 Displays the value of the memwrite burst-enable flag,
6870 which is enabled by default.
6871 If a boolean parameter is provided, first assigns that flag.
6872 Burst writes are only used for memory writes larger than 1 word.
6873 They improve performance by assuming that the CPU has read each data
6874 word over JTAG and completed its write before the next word arrives,
6875 instead of polling for a status flag to verify that completion.
6876 This is usually safe, because JTAG runs much slower than the CPU.
6877 @end deffn
6878
6879 @deffn Command {arm11 memwrite error_fatal} [@option{enable}|@option{disable}]
6880 Displays the value of the memwrite error_fatal flag,
6881 which is enabled by default.
6882 If a boolean parameter is provided, first assigns that flag.
6883 When set, certain memory write errors cause earlier transfer termination.
6884 @end deffn
6885
6886 @deffn Command {arm11 step_irq_enable} [@option{enable}|@option{disable}]
6887 Displays the value of the flag controlling whether
6888 IRQs are enabled during single stepping;
6889 they are disabled by default.
6890 If a boolean parameter is provided, first assigns that.
6891 @end deffn
6892
6893 @deffn Command {arm11 vcr} [value]
6894 @cindex vector_catch
6895 Displays the value of the @emph{Vector Catch Register (VCR)},
6896 coprocessor 14 register 7.
6897 If @var{value} is defined, first assigns that.
6898
6899 Vector Catch hardware provides dedicated breakpoints
6900 for certain hardware events.
6901 The specific bit values are core-specific (as in fact is using
6902 coprocessor 14 register 7 itself) but all current ARM11
6903 cores @emph{except the ARM1176} use the same six bits.
6904 @end deffn
6905
6906 @section ARMv7 Architecture
6907 @cindex ARMv7
6908
6909 @subsection ARMv7 Debug Access Port (DAP) specific commands
6910 @cindex Debug Access Port
6911 @cindex DAP
6912 These commands are specific to ARM architecture v7 Debug Access Port (DAP),
6913 included on Cortex-M3 and Cortex-A8 systems.
6914 They are available in addition to other core-specific commands that may be available.
6915
6916 @deffn Command {dap apid} [num]
6917 Displays ID register from AP @var{num},
6918 defaulting to the currently selected AP.
6919 @end deffn
6920
6921 @deffn Command {dap apsel} [num]
6922 Select AP @var{num}, defaulting to 0.
6923 @end deffn
6924
6925 @deffn Command {dap baseaddr} [num]
6926 Displays debug base address from MEM-AP @var{num},
6927 defaulting to the currently selected AP.
6928 @end deffn
6929
6930 @deffn Command {dap info} [num]
6931 Displays the ROM table for MEM-AP @var{num},
6932 defaulting to the currently selected AP.
6933 @end deffn
6934
6935 @deffn Command {dap memaccess} [value]
6936 Displays the number of extra tck cycles in the JTAG idle to use for MEM-AP
6937 memory bus access [0-255], giving additional time to respond to reads.
6938 If @var{value} is defined, first assigns that.
6939 @end deffn
6940
6941 @subsection Cortex-M3 specific commands
6942 @cindex Cortex-M3
6943
6944 @deffn Command {cortex_m3 maskisr} (@option{auto}|@option{on}|@option{off})
6945 Control masking (disabling) interrupts during target step/resume.
6946
6947 The @option{auto} option handles interrupts during stepping a way they get
6948 served but don't disturb the program flow. The step command first allows
6949 pending interrupt handlers to execute, then disables interrupts and steps over
6950 the next instruction where the core was halted. After the step interrupts
6951 are enabled again. If the interrupt handlers don't complete within 500ms,
6952 the step command leaves with the core running.
6953
6954 Note that a free breakpoint is required for the @option{auto} option. If no
6955 breakpoint is available at the time of the step, then the step is taken
6956 with interrupts enabled, i.e. the same way the @option{off} option does.
6957
6958 Default is @option{auto}.
6959 @end deffn
6960
6961 @deffn Command {cortex_m3 vector_catch} [@option{all}|@option{none}|list]
6962 @cindex vector_catch
6963 Vector Catch hardware provides dedicated breakpoints
6964 for certain hardware events.
6965
6966 Parameters request interception of
6967 @option{all} of these hardware event vectors,
6968 @option{none} of them,
6969 or one or more of the following:
6970 @option{hard_err} for a HardFault exception;
6971 @option{mm_err} for a MemManage exception;
6972 @option{bus_err} for a BusFault exception;
6973 @option{irq_err},
6974 @option{state_err},
6975 @option{chk_err}, or
6976 @option{nocp_err} for various UsageFault exceptions; or
6977 @option{reset}.
6978 If NVIC setup code does not enable them,
6979 MemManage, BusFault, and UsageFault exceptions
6980 are mapped to HardFault.
6981 UsageFault checks for
6982 divide-by-zero and unaligned access
6983 must also be explicitly enabled.
6984
6985 This finishes by listing the current vector catch configuration.
6986 @end deffn
6987
6988 @deffn Command {cortex_m3 reset_config} (@option{srst}|@option{sysresetreq}|@option{vectreset})
6989 Control reset handling. The default @option{srst} is to use srst if fitted,
6990 otherwise fallback to @option{vectreset}.
6991 @itemize @minus
6992 @item @option{srst} use hardware srst if fitted otherwise fallback to @option{vectreset}.
6993 @item @option{sysresetreq} use NVIC SYSRESETREQ to reset system.
6994 @item @option{vectreset} use NVIC VECTRESET to reset system.
6995 @end itemize
6996 Using @option{vectreset} is a safe option for all current Cortex-M3 cores.
6997 This however has the disadvantage of only resetting the core, all peripherals
6998 are uneffected. A solution would be to use a @code{reset-init} event handler to manually reset
6999 the peripherals.
7000 @xref{Target Events}.
7001 @end deffn
7002
7003 @anchor{Software Debug Messages and Tracing}
7004 @section Software Debug Messages and Tracing
7005 @cindex Linux-ARM DCC support
7006 @cindex tracing
7007 @cindex libdcc
7008 @cindex DCC
7009 OpenOCD can process certain requests from target software, when
7010 the target uses appropriate libraries.
7011 The most powerful mechanism is semihosting, but there is also
7012 a lighter weight mechanism using only the DCC channel.
7013
7014 Currently @command{target_request debugmsgs}
7015 is supported only for @option{arm7_9} and @option{cortex_m3} cores.
7016 These messages are received as part of target polling, so
7017 you need to have @command{poll on} active to receive them.
7018 They are intrusive in that they will affect program execution
7019 times. If that is a problem, @pxref{ARM Hardware Tracing}.
7020
7021 See @file{libdcc} in the contrib dir for more details.
7022 In addition to sending strings, characters, and
7023 arrays of various size integers from the target,
7024 @file{libdcc} also exports a software trace point mechanism.
7025 The target being debugged may
7026 issue trace messages which include a 24-bit @dfn{trace point} number.
7027 Trace point support includes two distinct mechanisms,
7028 each supported by a command:
7029
7030 @itemize
7031 @item @emph{History} ... A circular buffer of trace points
7032 can be set up, and then displayed at any time.
7033 This tracks where code has been, which can be invaluable in
7034 finding out how some fault was triggered.
7035
7036 The buffer may overflow, since it collects records continuously.
7037 It may be useful to use some of the 24 bits to represent a
7038 particular event, and other bits to hold data.
7039
7040 @item @emph{Counting} ... An array of counters can be set up,
7041 and then displayed at any time.
7042 This can help establish code coverage and identify hot spots.
7043
7044 The array of counters is directly indexed by the trace point
7045 number, so trace points with higher numbers are not counted.
7046 @end itemize
7047
7048 Linux-ARM kernels have a ``Kernel low-level debugging
7049 via EmbeddedICE DCC channel'' option (CONFIG_DEBUG_ICEDCC,
7050 depends on CONFIG_DEBUG_LL) which uses this mechanism to
7051 deliver messages before a serial console can be activated.
7052 This is not the same format used by @file{libdcc}.
7053 Other software, such as the U-Boot boot loader, sometimes
7054 does the same thing.
7055
7056 @deffn Command {target_request debugmsgs} [@option{enable}|@option{disable}|@option{charmsg}]
7057 Displays current handling of target DCC message requests.
7058 These messages may be sent to the debugger while the target is running.
7059 The optional @option{enable} and @option{charmsg} parameters
7060 both enable the messages, while @option{disable} disables them.
7061
7062 With @option{charmsg} the DCC words each contain one character,
7063 as used by Linux with CONFIG_DEBUG_ICEDCC;
7064 otherwise the libdcc format is used.
7065 @end deffn
7066
7067 @deffn Command {trace history} [@option{clear}|count]
7068 With no parameter, displays all the trace points that have triggered
7069 in the order they triggered.
7070 With the parameter @option{clear}, erases all current trace history records.
7071 With a @var{count} parameter, allocates space for that many
7072 history records.
7073 @end deffn
7074
7075 @deffn Command {trace point} [@option{clear}|identifier]
7076 With no parameter, displays all trace point identifiers and how many times
7077 they have been triggered.
7078 With the parameter @option{clear}, erases all current trace point counters.
7079 With a numeric @var{identifier} parameter, creates a new a trace point counter
7080 and associates it with that identifier.
7081
7082 @emph{Important:} The identifier and the trace point number
7083 are not related except by this command.
7084 These trace point numbers always start at zero (from server startup,
7085 or after @command{trace point clear}) and count up from there.
7086 @end deffn
7087
7088
7089 @node JTAG Commands
7090 @chapter JTAG Commands
7091 @cindex JTAG Commands
7092 Most general purpose JTAG commands have been presented earlier.
7093 (@xref{JTAG Speed}, @ref{Reset Configuration}, and @ref{TAP Declaration}.)
7094 Lower level JTAG commands, as presented here,
7095 may be needed to work with targets which require special
7096 attention during operations such as reset or initialization.
7097
7098 To use these commands you will need to understand some
7099 of the basics of JTAG, including:
7100
7101 @itemize @bullet
7102 @item A JTAG scan chain consists of a sequence of individual TAP
7103 devices such as a CPUs.
7104 @item Control operations involve moving each TAP through the same
7105 standard state machine (in parallel)
7106 using their shared TMS and clock signals.
7107 @item Data transfer involves shifting data through the chain of
7108 instruction or data registers of each TAP, writing new register values
7109 while the reading previous ones.
7110 @item Data register sizes are a function of the instruction active in
7111 a given TAP, while instruction register sizes are fixed for each TAP.
7112 All TAPs support a BYPASS instruction with a single bit data register.
7113 @item The way OpenOCD differentiates between TAP devices is by
7114 shifting different instructions into (and out of) their instruction
7115 registers.
7116 @end itemize
7117
7118 @section Low Level JTAG Commands
7119
7120 These commands are used by developers who need to access
7121 JTAG instruction or data registers, possibly controlling
7122 the order of TAP state transitions.
7123 If you're not debugging OpenOCD internals, or bringing up a
7124 new JTAG adapter or a new type of TAP device (like a CPU or
7125 JTAG router), you probably won't need to use these commands.
7126 In a debug session that doesn't use JTAG for its transport protocol,
7127 these commands are not available.
7128
7129 @deffn Command {drscan} tap [numbits value]+ [@option{-endstate} tap_state]
7130 Loads the data register of @var{tap} with a series of bit fields
7131 that specify the entire register.
7132 Each field is @var{numbits} bits long with
7133 a numeric @var{value} (hexadecimal encouraged).
7134 The return value holds the original value of each
7135 of those fields.
7136
7137 For example, a 38 bit number might be specified as one
7138 field of 32 bits then one of 6 bits.
7139 @emph{For portability, never pass fields which are more
7140 than 32 bits long. Many OpenOCD implementations do not
7141 support 64-bit (or larger) integer values.}
7142
7143 All TAPs other than @var{tap} must be in BYPASS mode.
7144 The single bit in their data registers does not matter.
7145
7146 When @var{tap_state} is specified, the JTAG state machine is left
7147 in that state.
7148 For example @sc{drpause} might be specified, so that more
7149 instructions can be issued before re-entering the @sc{run/idle} state.
7150 If the end state is not specified, the @sc{run/idle} state is entered.
7151
7152 @quotation Warning
7153 OpenOCD does not record information about data register lengths,
7154 so @emph{it is important that you get the bit field lengths right}.
7155 Remember that different JTAG instructions refer to different
7156 data registers, which may have different lengths.
7157 Moreover, those lengths may not be fixed;
7158 the SCAN_N instruction can change the length of
7159 the register accessed by the INTEST instruction
7160 (by connecting a different scan chain).
7161 @end quotation
7162 @end deffn
7163
7164 @deffn Command {flush_count}
7165 Returns the number of times the JTAG queue has been flushed.
7166 This may be used for performance tuning.
7167
7168 For example, flushing a queue over USB involves a
7169 minimum latency, often several milliseconds, which does
7170 not change with the amount of data which is written.
7171 You may be able to identify performance problems by finding
7172 tasks which waste bandwidth by flushing small transfers too often,
7173 instead of batching them into larger operations.
7174 @end deffn
7175
7176 @deffn Command {irscan} [tap instruction]+ [@option{-endstate} tap_state]
7177 For each @var{tap} listed, loads the instruction register
7178 with its associated numeric @var{instruction}.
7179 (The number of bits in that instruction may be displayed
7180 using the @command{scan_chain} command.)
7181 For other TAPs, a BYPASS instruction is loaded.
7182
7183 When @var{tap_state} is specified, the JTAG state machine is left
7184 in that state.
7185 For example @sc{irpause} might be specified, so the data register
7186 can be loaded before re-entering the @sc{run/idle} state.
7187 If the end state is not specified, the @sc{run/idle} state is entered.
7188
7189 @quotation Note
7190 OpenOCD currently supports only a single field for instruction
7191 register values, unlike data register values.
7192 For TAPs where the instruction register length is more than 32 bits,
7193 portable scripts currently must issue only BYPASS instructions.
7194 @end quotation
7195 @end deffn
7196
7197 @deffn Command {jtag_reset} trst srst
7198 Set values of reset signals.
7199 The @var{trst} and @var{srst} parameter values may be
7200 @option{0}, indicating that reset is inactive (pulled or driven high),
7201 or @option{1}, indicating it is active (pulled or driven low).
7202 The @command{reset_config} command should already have been used
7203 to configure how the board and JTAG adapter treat these two
7204 signals, and to say if either signal is even present.
7205 @xref{Reset Configuration}.
7206
7207 Note that TRST is specially handled.
7208 It actually signifies JTAG's @sc{reset} state.
7209 So if the board doesn't support the optional TRST signal,
7210 or it doesn't support it along with the specified SRST value,
7211 JTAG reset is triggered with TMS and TCK signals
7212 instead of the TRST signal.
7213 And no matter how that JTAG reset is triggered, once
7214 the scan chain enters @sc{reset} with TRST inactive,
7215 TAP @code{post-reset} events are delivered to all TAPs
7216 with handlers for that event.
7217 @end deffn
7218
7219 @deffn Command {pathmove} start_state [next_state ...]
7220 Start by moving to @var{start_state}, which
7221 must be one of the @emph{stable} states.
7222 Unless it is the only state given, this will often be the
7223 current state, so that no TCK transitions are needed.
7224 Then, in a series of single state transitions
7225 (conforming to the JTAG state machine) shift to
7226 each @var{next_state} in sequence, one per TCK cycle.
7227 The final state must also be stable.
7228 @end deffn
7229
7230 @deffn Command {runtest} @var{num_cycles}
7231 Move to the @sc{run/idle} state, and execute at least
7232 @var{num_cycles} of the JTAG clock (TCK).
7233 Instructions often need some time
7234 to execute before they take effect.
7235 @end deffn
7236
7237 @c tms_sequence (short|long)
7238 @c ... temporary, debug-only, other than USBprog bug workaround...
7239
7240 @deffn Command {verify_ircapture} (@option{enable}|@option{disable})
7241 Verify values captured during @sc{ircapture} and returned
7242 during IR scans. Default is enabled, but this can be
7243 overridden by @command{verify_jtag}.
7244 This flag is ignored when validating JTAG chain configuration.
7245 @end deffn
7246
7247 @deffn Command {verify_jtag} (@option{enable}|@option{disable})
7248 Enables verification of DR and IR scans, to help detect
7249 programming errors. For IR scans, @command{verify_ircapture}
7250 must also be enabled.
7251 Default is enabled.
7252 @end deffn
7253
7254 @section TAP state names
7255 @cindex TAP state names
7256
7257 The @var{tap_state} names used by OpenOCD in the @command{drscan},
7258 @command{irscan}, and @command{pathmove} commands are the same
7259 as those used in SVF boundary scan documents, except that
7260 SVF uses @sc{idle} instead of @sc{run/idle}.
7261
7262 @itemize @bullet
7263 @item @b{RESET} ... @emph{stable} (with TMS high);
7264 acts as if TRST were pulsed
7265 @item @b{RUN/IDLE} ... @emph{stable}; don't assume this always means IDLE
7266 @item @b{DRSELECT}
7267 @item @b{DRCAPTURE}
7268 @item @b{DRSHIFT} ... @emph{stable}; TDI/TDO shifting
7269 through the data register
7270 @item @b{DREXIT1}
7271 @item @b{DRPAUSE} ... @emph{stable}; data register ready
7272 for update or more shifting
7273 @item @b{DREXIT2}
7274 @item @b{DRUPDATE}
7275 @item @b{IRSELECT}
7276 @item @b{IRCAPTURE}
7277 @item @b{IRSHIFT} ... @emph{stable}; TDI/TDO shifting
7278 through the instruction register
7279 @item @b{IREXIT1}
7280 @item @b{IRPAUSE} ... @emph{stable}; instruction register ready
7281 for update or more shifting
7282 @item @b{IREXIT2}
7283 @item @b{IRUPDATE}
7284 @end itemize
7285
7286 Note that only six of those states are fully ``stable'' in the
7287 face of TMS fixed (low except for @sc{reset})
7288 and a free-running JTAG clock. For all the
7289 others, the next TCK transition changes to a new state.
7290
7291 @itemize @bullet
7292 @item From @sc{drshift} and @sc{irshift}, clock transitions will
7293 produce side effects by changing register contents. The values
7294 to be latched in upcoming @sc{drupdate} or @sc{irupdate} states
7295 may not be as expected.
7296 @item @sc{run/idle}, @sc{drpause}, and @sc{irpause} are reasonable
7297 choices after @command{drscan} or @command{irscan} commands,
7298 since they are free of JTAG side effects.
7299 @item @sc{run/idle} may have side effects that appear at non-JTAG
7300 levels, such as advancing the ARM9E-S instruction pipeline.
7301 Consult the documentation for the TAP(s) you are working with.
7302 @end itemize
7303
7304 @node Boundary Scan Commands
7305 @chapter Boundary Scan Commands
7306
7307 One of the original purposes of JTAG was to support
7308 boundary scan based hardware testing.
7309 Although its primary focus is to support On-Chip Debugging,
7310 OpenOCD also includes some boundary scan commands.
7311
7312 @section SVF: Serial Vector Format
7313 @cindex Serial Vector Format
7314 @cindex SVF
7315
7316 The Serial Vector Format, better known as @dfn{SVF}, is a
7317 way to represent JTAG test patterns in text files.
7318 In a debug session using JTAG for its transport protocol,
7319 OpenOCD supports running such test files.
7320
7321 @deffn Command {svf} filename [@option{quiet}]
7322 This issues a JTAG reset (Test-Logic-Reset) and then
7323 runs the SVF script from @file{filename}.
7324 Unless the @option{quiet} option is specified,
7325 each command is logged before it is executed.
7326 @end deffn
7327
7328 @section XSVF: Xilinx Serial Vector Format
7329 @cindex Xilinx Serial Vector Format
7330 @cindex XSVF
7331
7332 The Xilinx Serial Vector Format, better known as @dfn{XSVF}, is a
7333 binary representation of SVF which is optimized for use with
7334 Xilinx devices.
7335 In a debug session using JTAG for its transport protocol,
7336 OpenOCD supports running such test files.
7337
7338 @quotation Important
7339 Not all XSVF commands are supported.
7340 @end quotation
7341
7342 @deffn Command {xsvf} (tapname|@option{plain}) filename [@option{virt2}] [@option{quiet}]
7343 This issues a JTAG reset (Test-Logic-Reset) and then
7344 runs the XSVF script from @file{filename}.
7345 When a @var{tapname} is specified, the commands are directed at
7346 that TAP.
7347 When @option{virt2} is specified, the @sc{xruntest} command counts
7348 are interpreted as TCK cycles instead of microseconds.
7349 Unless the @option{quiet} option is specified,
7350 messages are logged for comments and some retries.
7351 @end deffn
7352
7353 The OpenOCD sources also include two utility scripts
7354 for working with XSVF; they are not currently installed
7355 after building the software.
7356 You may find them useful:
7357
7358 @itemize
7359 @item @emph{svf2xsvf} ... converts SVF files into the extended XSVF
7360 syntax understood by the @command{xsvf} command; see notes below.
7361 @item @emph{xsvfdump} ... converts XSVF files into a text output format;
7362 understands the OpenOCD extensions.
7363 @end itemize
7364
7365 The input format accepts a handful of non-standard extensions.
7366 These include three opcodes corresponding to SVF extensions
7367 from Lattice Semiconductor (LCOUNT, LDELAY, LDSR), and
7368 two opcodes supporting a more accurate translation of SVF
7369 (XTRST, XWAITSTATE).
7370 If @emph{xsvfdump} shows a file is using those opcodes, it
7371 probably will not be usable with other XSVF tools.
7372
7373
7374 @node TFTP
7375 @chapter TFTP
7376 @cindex TFTP
7377 If OpenOCD runs on an embedded host(as ZY1000 does), then TFTP can
7378 be used to access files on PCs (either the developer's PC or some other PC).
7379
7380 The way this works on the ZY1000 is to prefix a filename by
7381 "/tftp/ip/" and append the TFTP path on the TFTP
7382 server (tftpd). For example,
7383
7384 @example
7385 load_image /tftp/10.0.0.96/c:\temp\abc.elf
7386 @end example
7387
7388 will load c:\temp\abc.elf from the developer pc (10.0.0.96) into memory as
7389 if the file was hosted on the embedded host.
7390
7391 In order to achieve decent performance, you must choose a TFTP server
7392 that supports a packet size bigger than the default packet size (512 bytes). There
7393 are numerous TFTP servers out there (free and commercial) and you will have to do
7394 a bit of googling to find something that fits your requirements.
7395
7396 @node GDB and OpenOCD
7397 @chapter GDB and OpenOCD
7398 @cindex GDB
7399 OpenOCD complies with the remote gdbserver protocol, and as such can be used
7400 to debug remote targets.
7401 Setting up GDB to work with OpenOCD can involve several components:
7402
7403 @itemize
7404 @item The OpenOCD server support for GDB may need to be configured.
7405 @xref{GDB Configuration}.
7406 @item GDB's support for OpenOCD may need configuration,
7407 as shown in this chapter.
7408 @item If you have a GUI environment like Eclipse,
7409 that also will probably need to be configured.
7410 @end itemize
7411
7412 Of course, the version of GDB you use will need to be one which has
7413 been built to know about the target CPU you're using. It's probably
7414 part of the tool chain you're using. For example, if you are doing
7415 cross-development for ARM on an x86 PC, instead of using the native
7416 x86 @command{gdb} command you might use @command{arm-none-eabi-gdb}
7417 if that's the tool chain used to compile your code.
7418
7419 @anchor{Connecting to GDB}
7420 @section Connecting to GDB
7421 @cindex Connecting to GDB
7422 Use GDB 6.7 or newer with OpenOCD if you run into trouble. For
7423 instance GDB 6.3 has a known bug that produces bogus memory access
7424 errors, which has since been fixed; see
7425 @url{http://osdir.com/ml/gdb.bugs.discuss/2004-12/msg00018.html}
7426
7427 OpenOCD can communicate with GDB in two ways:
7428
7429 @enumerate
7430 @item
7431 A socket (TCP/IP) connection is typically started as follows:
7432 @example
7433 target remote localhost:3333
7434 @end example
7435 This would cause GDB to connect to the gdbserver on the local pc using port 3333.
7436 @item
7437 A pipe connection is typically started as follows:
7438 @example
7439 target remote | openocd -c "gdb_port pipe; log_output openocd.log"
7440 @end example
7441 This would cause GDB to run OpenOCD and communicate using pipes (stdin/stdout).
7442 Using this method has the advantage of GDB starting/stopping OpenOCD for the debug
7443 session. log_output sends the log output to a file to ensure that the pipe is
7444 not saturated when using higher debug level outputs.
7445 @end enumerate
7446
7447 To list the available OpenOCD commands type @command{monitor help} on the
7448 GDB command line.
7449
7450 @section Sample GDB session startup
7451
7452 With the remote protocol, GDB sessions start a little differently
7453 than they do when you're debugging locally.
7454 Here's an examples showing how to start a debug session with a
7455 small ARM program.
7456 In this case the program was linked to be loaded into SRAM on a Cortex-M3.
7457 Most programs would be written into flash (address 0) and run from there.
7458
7459 @example
7460 $ arm-none-eabi-gdb example.elf
7461 (gdb) target remote localhost:3333
7462 Remote debugging using localhost:3333
7463 ...
7464 (gdb) monitor reset halt
7465 ...
7466 (gdb) load
7467 Loading section .vectors, size 0x100 lma 0x20000000
7468 Loading section .text, size 0x5a0 lma 0x20000100
7469 Loading section .data, size 0x18 lma 0x200006a0
7470 Start address 0x2000061c, load size 1720
7471 Transfer rate: 22 KB/sec, 573 bytes/write.
7472 (gdb) continue
7473 Continuing.
7474 ...
7475 @end example
7476
7477 You could then interrupt the GDB session to make the program break,
7478 type @command{where} to show the stack, @command{list} to show the
7479 code around the program counter, @command{step} through code,
7480 set breakpoints or watchpoints, and so on.
7481
7482 @section Configuring GDB for OpenOCD
7483
7484 OpenOCD supports the gdb @option{qSupported} packet, this enables information
7485 to be sent by the GDB remote server (i.e. OpenOCD) to GDB. Typical information includes
7486 packet size and the device's memory map.
7487 You do not need to configure the packet size by hand,
7488 and the relevant parts of the memory map should be automatically
7489 set up when you declare (NOR) flash banks.
7490
7491 However, there are other things which GDB can't currently query.
7492 You may need to set those up by hand.
7493 As OpenOCD starts up, you will often see a line reporting
7494 something like:
7495
7496 @example
7497 Info : lm3s.cpu: hardware has 6 breakpoints, 4 watchpoints
7498 @end example
7499
7500 You can pass that information to GDB with these commands:
7501
7502 @example
7503 set remote hardware-breakpoint-limit 6
7504 set remote hardware-watchpoint-limit 4
7505 @end example
7506
7507 With that particular hardware (Cortex-M3) the hardware breakpoints
7508 only work for code running from flash memory. Most other ARM systems
7509 do not have such restrictions.
7510
7511 Another example of useful GDB configuration came from a user who
7512 found that single stepping his Cortex-M3 didn't work well with IRQs
7513 and an RTOS until he told GDB to disable the IRQs while stepping:
7514
7515 @example
7516 define hook-step
7517 mon cortex_m3 maskisr on
7518 end
7519 define hookpost-step
7520 mon cortex_m3 maskisr off
7521 end
7522 @end example
7523
7524 Rather than typing such commands interactively, you may prefer to
7525 save them in a file and have GDB execute them as it starts, perhaps
7526 using a @file{.gdbinit} in your project directory or starting GDB
7527 using @command{gdb -x filename}.
7528
7529 @section Programming using GDB
7530 @cindex Programming using GDB
7531
7532 By default the target memory map is sent to GDB. This can be disabled by
7533 the following OpenOCD configuration option:
7534 @example
7535 gdb_memory_map disable
7536 @end example
7537 For this to function correctly a valid flash configuration must also be set
7538 in OpenOCD. For faster performance you should also configure a valid
7539 working area.
7540
7541 Informing GDB of the memory map of the target will enable GDB to protect any
7542 flash areas of the target and use hardware breakpoints by default. This means
7543 that the OpenOCD option @command{gdb_breakpoint_override} is not required when
7544 using a memory map. @xref{gdb_breakpoint_override}.
7545
7546 To view the configured memory map in GDB, use the GDB command @option{info mem}
7547 All other unassigned addresses within GDB are treated as RAM.
7548
7549 GDB 6.8 and higher set any memory area not in the memory map as inaccessible.
7550 This can be changed to the old behaviour by using the following GDB command
7551 @example
7552 set mem inaccessible-by-default off
7553 @end example
7554
7555 If @command{gdb_flash_program enable} is also used, GDB will be able to
7556 program any flash memory using the vFlash interface.
7557
7558 GDB will look at the target memory map when a load command is given, if any
7559 areas to be programmed lie within the target flash area the vFlash packets
7560 will be used.
7561
7562 If the target needs configuring before GDB programming, an event
7563 script can be executed:
7564 @example
7565 $_TARGETNAME configure -event EVENTNAME BODY
7566 @end example
7567
7568 To verify any flash programming the GDB command @option{compare-sections}
7569 can be used.
7570 @anchor{Using openocd SMP with GDB}
7571 @section Using openocd SMP with GDB
7572 @cindex SMP
7573 For SMP support following GDB serial protocol packet have been defined :
7574 @itemize @bullet
7575 @item j - smp status request
7576 @item J - smp set request
7577 @end itemize
7578
7579 OpenOCD implements :
7580 @itemize @bullet
7581 @item @option{jc} packet for reading core id displayed by
7582 GDB connection. Reply is @option{XXXXXXXX} (8 hex digits giving core id) or
7583 @option{E01} for target not smp.
7584 @item @option{JcXXXXXXXX} (8 hex digits) packet for setting core id displayed at next GDB continue
7585 (core id -1 is reserved for returning to normal resume mode). Reply @option{E01}
7586 for target not smp or @option{OK} on success.
7587 @end itemize
7588
7589 Handling of this packet within GDB can be done :
7590 @itemize @bullet
7591 @item by the creation of an internal variable (i.e @option{_core}) by mean
7592 of function allocate_computed_value allowing following GDB command.
7593 @example
7594 set $_core 1
7595 #Jc01 packet is sent
7596 print $_core
7597 #jc packet is sent and result is affected in $
7598 @end example
7599
7600 @item by the usage of GDB maintenance command as described in following example (2
7601 cpus in SMP with core id 0 and 1 @pxref{Define CPU targets working in SMP}).
7602
7603 @example
7604 # toggle0 : force display of coreid 0
7605 define toggle0
7606 maint packet Jc0
7607 continue
7608 main packet Jc-1
7609 end
7610 # toggle1 : force display of coreid 1
7611 define toggle1
7612 maint packet Jc1
7613 continue
7614 main packet Jc-1
7615 end
7616 @end example
7617 @end itemize
7618
7619
7620 @node Tcl Scripting API
7621 @chapter Tcl Scripting API
7622 @cindex Tcl Scripting API
7623 @cindex Tcl scripts
7624 @section API rules
7625
7626 The commands are stateless. E.g. the telnet command line has a concept
7627 of currently active target, the Tcl API proc's take this sort of state
7628 information as an argument to each proc.
7629
7630 There are three main types of return values: single value, name value
7631 pair list and lists.
7632
7633 Name value pair. The proc 'foo' below returns a name/value pair
7634 list.
7635
7636 @verbatim
7637
7638 > set foo(me) Duane
7639 > set foo(you) Oyvind
7640 > set foo(mouse) Micky
7641 > set foo(duck) Donald
7642
7643 If one does this:
7644
7645 > set foo
7646
7647 The result is:
7648
7649 me Duane you Oyvind mouse Micky duck Donald
7650
7651 Thus, to get the names of the associative array is easy:
7652
7653 foreach { name value } [set foo] {
7654 puts "Name: $name, Value: $value"
7655 }
7656 @end verbatim
7657
7658 Lists returned must be relatively small. Otherwise a range
7659 should be passed in to the proc in question.
7660
7661 @section Internal low-level Commands
7662
7663 By low-level, the intent is a human would not directly use these commands.
7664
7665 Low-level commands are (should be) prefixed with "ocd_", e.g.
7666 @command{ocd_flash_banks}
7667 is the low level API upon which @command{flash banks} is implemented.
7668
7669 @itemize @bullet
7670 @item @b{mem2array} <@var{varname}> <@var{width}> <@var{addr}> <@var{nelems}>
7671
7672 Read memory and return as a Tcl array for script processing
7673 @item @b{array2mem} <@var{varname}> <@var{width}> <@var{addr}> <@var{nelems}>
7674
7675 Convert a Tcl array to memory locations and write the values
7676 @item @b{ocd_flash_banks} <@var{driver}> <@var{base}> <@var{size}> <@var{chip_width}> <@var{bus_width}> <@var{target}> [@option{driver options} ...]
7677
7678 Return information about the flash banks
7679 @end itemize
7680
7681 OpenOCD commands can consist of two words, e.g. "flash banks". The
7682 @file{startup.tcl} "unknown" proc will translate this into a Tcl proc
7683 called "flash_banks".
7684
7685 @section OpenOCD specific Global Variables
7686
7687 Real Tcl has ::tcl_platform(), and platform::identify, and many other
7688 variables. JimTCL, as implemented in OpenOCD creates $ocd_HOSTOS which
7689 holds one of the following values:
7690
7691 @itemize @bullet
7692 @item @b{cygwin} Running under Cygwin
7693 @item @b{darwin} Darwin (Mac-OS) is the underlying operating sytem.
7694 @item @b{freebsd} Running under FreeBSD
7695 @item @b{linux} Linux is the underlying operating sytem
7696 @item @b{mingw32} Running under MingW32
7697 @item @b{winxx} Built using Microsoft Visual Studio
7698 @item @b{other} Unknown, none of the above.
7699 @end itemize
7700
7701 Note: 'winxx' was choosen because today (March-2009) no distinction is made between Win32 and Win64.
7702
7703 @quotation Note
7704 We should add support for a variable like Tcl variable
7705 @code{tcl_platform(platform)}, it should be called
7706 @code{jim_platform} (because it
7707 is jim, not real tcl).
7708 @end quotation
7709
7710 @node FAQ
7711 @chapter FAQ
7712 @cindex faq
7713 @enumerate
7714 @anchor{FAQ RTCK}
7715 @item @b{RTCK, also known as: Adaptive Clocking - What is it?}
7716 @cindex RTCK
7717 @cindex adaptive clocking
7718 @*
7719
7720 In digital circuit design it is often refered to as ``clock
7721 synchronisation'' the JTAG interface uses one clock (TCK or TCLK)
7722 operating at some speed, your CPU target is operating at another.
7723 The two clocks are not synchronised, they are ``asynchronous''
7724
7725 In order for the two to work together they must be synchronised
7726 well enough to work; JTAG can't go ten times faster than the CPU,
7727 for example. There are 2 basic options:
7728 @enumerate
7729 @item
7730 Use a special "adaptive clocking" circuit to change the JTAG
7731 clock rate to match what the CPU currently supports.
7732 @item
7733 The JTAG clock must be fixed at some speed that's enough slower than
7734 the CPU clock that all TMS and TDI transitions can be detected.
7735 @end enumerate
7736
7737 @b{Does this really matter?} For some chips and some situations, this
7738 is a non-issue, like a 500MHz ARM926 with a 5 MHz JTAG link;
7739 the CPU has no difficulty keeping up with JTAG.
7740 Startup sequences are often problematic though, as are other
7741 situations where the CPU clock rate changes (perhaps to save
7742 power).
7743
7744 For example, Atmel AT91SAM chips start operation from reset with
7745 a 32kHz system clock. Boot firmware may activate the main oscillator
7746 and PLL before switching to a faster clock (perhaps that 500 MHz
7747 ARM926 scenario).
7748 If you're using JTAG to debug that startup sequence, you must slow
7749 the JTAG clock to sometimes 1 to 4kHz. After startup completes,
7750 JTAG can use a faster clock.
7751
7752 Consider also debugging a 500MHz ARM926 hand held battery powered
7753 device that enters a low power ``deep sleep'' mode, at 32kHz CPU
7754 clock, between keystrokes unless it has work to do. When would
7755 that 5 MHz JTAG clock be usable?
7756
7757 @b{Solution #1 - A special circuit}
7758
7759 In order to make use of this,
7760 your CPU, board, and JTAG adapter must all support the RTCK
7761 feature. Not all of them support this; keep reading!
7762
7763 The RTCK ("Return TCK") signal in some ARM chips is used to help with
7764 this problem. ARM has a good description of the problem described at
7765 this link: @url{http://www.arm.com/support/faqdev/4170.html} [checked
7766 28/nov/2008]. Link title: ``How does the JTAG synchronisation logic
7767 work? / how does adaptive clocking work?''.
7768
7769 The nice thing about adaptive clocking is that ``battery powered hand
7770 held device example'' - the adaptiveness works perfectly all the
7771 time. One can set a break point or halt the system in the deep power
7772 down code, slow step out until the system speeds up.
7773
7774 Note that adaptive clocking may also need to work at the board level,
7775 when a board-level scan chain has multiple chips.
7776 Parallel clock voting schemes are good way to implement this,
7777 both within and between chips, and can easily be implemented
7778 with a CPLD.
7779 It's not difficult to have logic fan a module's input TCK signal out
7780 to each TAP in the scan chain, and then wait until each TAP's RTCK comes
7781 back with the right polarity before changing the output RTCK signal.
7782 Texas Instruments makes some clock voting logic available
7783 for free (with no support) in VHDL form; see
7784 @url{http://tiexpressdsp.com/index.php/Adaptive_Clocking}
7785
7786 @b{Solution #2 - Always works - but may be slower}
7787
7788 Often this is a perfectly acceptable solution.
7789
7790 In most simple terms: Often the JTAG clock must be 1/10 to 1/12 of
7791 the target clock speed. But what that ``magic division'' is varies
7792 depending on the chips on your board.
7793 @b{ARM rule of thumb} Most ARM based systems require an 6:1 division;
7794 ARM11 cores use an 8:1 division.
7795 @b{Xilinx rule of thumb} is 1/12 the clock speed.
7796
7797 Note: most full speed FT2232 based JTAG adapters are limited to a
7798 maximum of 6MHz. The ones using USB high speed chips (FT2232H)
7799 often support faster clock rates (and adaptive clocking).
7800
7801 You can still debug the 'low power' situations - you just need to
7802 either use a fixed and very slow JTAG clock rate ... or else
7803 manually adjust the clock speed at every step. (Adjusting is painful
7804 and tedious, and is not always practical.)
7805
7806 It is however easy to ``code your way around it'' - i.e.: Cheat a little,
7807 have a special debug mode in your application that does a ``high power
7808 sleep''. If you are careful - 98% of your problems can be debugged
7809 this way.
7810
7811 Note that on ARM you may need to avoid using the @emph{wait for interrupt}
7812 operation in your idle loops even if you don't otherwise change the CPU
7813 clock rate.
7814 That operation gates the CPU clock, and thus the JTAG clock; which
7815 prevents JTAG access. One consequence is not being able to @command{halt}
7816 cores which are executing that @emph{wait for interrupt} operation.
7817
7818 To set the JTAG frequency use the command:
7819
7820 @example
7821 # Example: 1.234MHz
7822 adapter_khz 1234
7823 @end example
7824
7825
7826 @item @b{Win32 Pathnames} Why don't backslashes work in Windows paths?
7827
7828 OpenOCD uses Tcl and a backslash is an escape char. Use @{ and @}
7829 around Windows filenames.
7830
7831 @example
7832 > echo \a
7833
7834 > echo @{\a@}
7835 \a
7836 > echo "\a"
7837
7838 >
7839 @end example
7840
7841
7842 @item @b{Missing: cygwin1.dll} OpenOCD complains about a missing cygwin1.dll.
7843
7844 Make sure you have Cygwin installed, or at least a version of OpenOCD that
7845 claims to come with all the necessary DLLs. When using Cygwin, try launching
7846 OpenOCD from the Cygwin shell.
7847
7848 @item @b{Breakpoint Issue} I'm trying to set a breakpoint using GDB (or a frontend like Insight or
7849 Eclipse), but OpenOCD complains that "Info: arm7_9_common.c:213
7850 arm7_9_add_breakpoint(): sw breakpoint requested, but software breakpoints not enabled".
7851
7852 GDB issues software breakpoints when a normal breakpoint is requested, or to implement
7853 source-line single-stepping. On ARMv4T systems, like ARM7TDMI, ARM720T or ARM920T,
7854 software breakpoints consume one of the two available hardware breakpoints.
7855
7856 @item @b{LPC2000 Flash} When erasing or writing LPC2000 on-chip flash, the operation fails at random.
7857
7858 Make sure the core frequency specified in the @option{flash lpc2000} line matches the
7859 clock at the time you're programming the flash. If you've specified the crystal's
7860 frequency, make sure the PLL is disabled. If you've specified the full core speed
7861 (e.g. 60MHz), make sure the PLL is enabled.
7862
7863 @item @b{Amontec Chameleon} When debugging using an Amontec Chameleon in its JTAG Accelerator configuration,
7864 I keep getting "Error: amt_jtagaccel.c:184 amt_wait_scan_busy(): amt_jtagaccel timed
7865 out while waiting for end of scan, rtck was disabled".
7866
7867 Make sure your PC's parallel port operates in EPP mode. You might have to try several
7868 settings in your PC BIOS (ECP, EPP, and different versions of those).
7869
7870 @item @b{Data Aborts} When debugging with OpenOCD and GDB (plain GDB, Insight, or Eclipse),
7871 I get lots of "Error: arm7_9_common.c:1771 arm7_9_read_memory():
7872 memory read caused data abort".
7873
7874 The errors are non-fatal, and are the result of GDB trying to trace stack frames
7875 beyond the last valid frame. It might be possible to prevent this by setting up
7876 a proper "initial" stack frame, if you happen to know what exactly has to
7877 be done, feel free to add this here.
7878
7879 @b{Simple:} In your startup code - push 8 registers of zeros onto the
7880 stack before calling main(). What GDB is doing is ``climbing'' the run
7881 time stack by reading various values on the stack using the standard
7882 call frame for the target. GDB keeps going - until one of 2 things
7883 happen @b{#1} an invalid frame is found, or @b{#2} some huge number of
7884 stackframes have been processed. By pushing zeros on the stack, GDB
7885 gracefully stops.
7886
7887 @b{Debugging Interrupt Service Routines} - In your ISR before you call
7888 your C code, do the same - artifically push some zeros onto the stack,
7889 remember to pop them off when the ISR is done.
7890
7891 @b{Also note:} If you have a multi-threaded operating system, they
7892 often do not @b{in the intrest of saving memory} waste these few
7893 bytes. Painful...
7894
7895
7896 @item @b{JTAG Reset Config} I get the following message in the OpenOCD console (or log file):
7897 "Warning: arm7_9_common.c:679 arm7_9_assert_reset(): srst resets test logic, too".
7898
7899 This warning doesn't indicate any serious problem, as long as you don't want to
7900 debug your core right out of reset. Your .cfg file specified @option{jtag_reset
7901 trst_and_srst srst_pulls_trst} to tell OpenOCD that either your board,
7902 your debugger or your target uC (e.g. LPC2000) can't assert the two reset signals
7903 independently. With this setup, it's not possible to halt the core right out of
7904 reset, everything else should work fine.
7905
7906 @item @b{USB Power} When using OpenOCD in conjunction with Amontec JTAGkey and the Yagarto
7907 toolchain (Eclipse, arm-elf-gcc, arm-elf-gdb), the debugging seems to be
7908 unstable. When single-stepping over large blocks of code, GDB and OpenOCD
7909 quit with an error message. Is there a stability issue with OpenOCD?
7910
7911 No, this is not a stability issue concerning OpenOCD. Most users have solved
7912 this issue by simply using a self-powered USB hub, which they connect their
7913 Amontec JTAGkey to. Apparently, some computers do not provide a USB power
7914 supply stable enough for the Amontec JTAGkey to be operated.
7915
7916 @b{Laptops running on battery have this problem too...}
7917
7918 @item @b{USB Power} When using the Amontec JTAGkey, sometimes OpenOCD crashes with the
7919 following error messages: "Error: ft2232.c:201 ft2232_read(): FT_Read returned:
7920 4" and "Error: ft2232.c:365 ft2232_send_and_recv(): couldn't read from FT2232".
7921 What does that mean and what might be the reason for this?
7922
7923 First of all, the reason might be the USB power supply. Try using a self-powered
7924 hub instead of a direct connection to your computer. Secondly, the error code 4
7925 corresponds to an FT_IO_ERROR, which means that the driver for the FTDI USB
7926 chip ran into some sort of error - this points us to a USB problem.
7927
7928 @item @b{GDB Disconnects} When using the Amontec JTAGkey, sometimes OpenOCD crashes with the following
7929 error message: "Error: gdb_server.c:101 gdb_get_char(): read: 10054".
7930 What does that mean and what might be the reason for this?
7931
7932 Error code 10054 corresponds to WSAECONNRESET, which means that the debugger (GDB)
7933 has closed the connection to OpenOCD. This might be a GDB issue.
7934
7935 @item @b{LPC2000 Flash} In the configuration file in the section where flash device configurations
7936 are described, there is a parameter for specifying the clock frequency
7937 for LPC2000 internal flash devices (e.g. @option{flash bank $_FLASHNAME lpc2000
7938 0x0 0x40000 0 0 $_TARGETNAME lpc2000_v1 14746 calc_checksum}), which must be
7939 specified in kilohertz. However, I do have a quartz crystal of a
7940 frequency that contains fractions of kilohertz (e.g. 14,745,600 Hz,
7941 i.e. 14,745.600 kHz). Is it possible to specify real numbers for the
7942 clock frequency?
7943
7944 No. The clock frequency specified here must be given as an integral number.
7945 However, this clock frequency is used by the In-Application-Programming (IAP)
7946 routines of the LPC2000 family only, which seems to be very tolerant concerning
7947 the given clock frequency, so a slight difference between the specified clock
7948 frequency and the actual clock frequency will not cause any trouble.
7949
7950 @item @b{Command Order} Do I have to keep a specific order for the commands in the configuration file?
7951
7952 Well, yes and no. Commands can be given in arbitrary order, yet the
7953 devices listed for the JTAG scan chain must be given in the right
7954 order (jtag newdevice), with the device closest to the TDO-Pin being
7955 listed first. In general, whenever objects of the same type exist
7956 which require an index number, then these objects must be given in the
7957 right order (jtag newtap, targets and flash banks - a target
7958 references a jtag newtap and a flash bank references a target).
7959
7960 You can use the ``scan_chain'' command to verify and display the tap order.
7961
7962 Also, some commands can't execute until after @command{init} has been
7963 processed. Such commands include @command{nand probe} and everything
7964 else that needs to write to controller registers, perhaps for setting
7965 up DRAM and loading it with code.
7966
7967 @anchor{FAQ TAP Order}
7968 @item @b{JTAG TAP Order} Do I have to declare the TAPS in some
7969 particular order?
7970
7971 Yes; whenever you have more than one, you must declare them in
7972 the same order used by the hardware.
7973
7974 Many newer devices have multiple JTAG TAPs. For example: ST
7975 Microsystems STM32 chips have two TAPs, a ``boundary scan TAP'' and
7976 ``Cortex-M3'' TAP. Example: The STM32 reference manual, Document ID:
7977 RM0008, Section 26.5, Figure 259, page 651/681, the ``TDI'' pin is
7978 connected to the boundary scan TAP, which then connects to the
7979 Cortex-M3 TAP, which then connects to the TDO pin.
7980
7981 Thus, the proper order for the STM32 chip is: (1) The Cortex-M3, then
7982 (2) The boundary scan TAP. If your board includes an additional JTAG
7983 chip in the scan chain (for example a Xilinx CPLD or FPGA) you could
7984 place it before or after the STM32 chip in the chain. For example:
7985
7986 @itemize @bullet
7987 @item OpenOCD_TDI(output) -> STM32 TDI Pin (BS Input)
7988 @item STM32 BS TDO (output) -> STM32 Cortex-M3 TDI (input)
7989 @item STM32 Cortex-M3 TDO (output) -> SM32 TDO Pin
7990 @item STM32 TDO Pin (output) -> Xilinx TDI Pin (input)
7991 @item Xilinx TDO Pin -> OpenOCD TDO (input)
7992 @end itemize
7993
7994 The ``jtag device'' commands would thus be in the order shown below. Note:
7995
7996 @itemize @bullet
7997 @item jtag newtap Xilinx tap -irlen ...
7998 @item jtag newtap stm32 cpu -irlen ...
7999 @item jtag newtap stm32 bs -irlen ...
8000 @item # Create the debug target and say where it is
8001 @item target create stm32.cpu -chain-position stm32.cpu ...
8002 @end itemize
8003
8004
8005 @item @b{SYSCOMP} Sometimes my debugging session terminates with an error. When I look into the
8006 log file, I can see these error messages: Error: arm7_9_common.c:561
8007 arm7_9_execute_sys_speed(): timeout waiting for SYSCOMP
8008
8009 TODO.
8010
8011 @end enumerate
8012
8013 @node Tcl Crash Course
8014 @chapter Tcl Crash Course
8015 @cindex Tcl
8016
8017 Not everyone knows Tcl - this is not intended to be a replacement for
8018 learning Tcl, the intent of this chapter is to give you some idea of
8019 how the Tcl scripts work.
8020
8021 This chapter is written with two audiences in mind. (1) OpenOCD users
8022 who need to understand a bit more of how Jim-Tcl works so they can do
8023 something useful, and (2) those that want to add a new command to
8024 OpenOCD.
8025
8026 @section Tcl Rule #1
8027 There is a famous joke, it goes like this:
8028 @enumerate
8029 @item Rule #1: The wife is always correct
8030 @item Rule #2: If you think otherwise, See Rule #1
8031 @end enumerate
8032
8033 The Tcl equal is this:
8034
8035 @enumerate
8036 @item Rule #1: Everything is a string
8037 @item Rule #2: If you think otherwise, See Rule #1
8038 @end enumerate
8039
8040 As in the famous joke, the consequences of Rule #1 are profound. Once
8041 you understand Rule #1, you will understand Tcl.
8042
8043 @section Tcl Rule #1b
8044 There is a second pair of rules.
8045 @enumerate
8046 @item Rule #1: Control flow does not exist. Only commands
8047 @* For example: the classic FOR loop or IF statement is not a control
8048 flow item, they are commands, there is no such thing as control flow
8049 in Tcl.
8050 @item Rule #2: If you think otherwise, See Rule #1
8051 @* Actually what happens is this: There are commands that by
8052 convention, act like control flow key words in other languages. One of
8053 those commands is the word ``for'', another command is ``if''.
8054 @end enumerate
8055
8056 @section Per Rule #1 - All Results are strings
8057 Every Tcl command results in a string. The word ``result'' is used
8058 deliberatly. No result is just an empty string. Remember: @i{Rule #1 -
8059 Everything is a string}
8060
8061 @section Tcl Quoting Operators
8062 In life of a Tcl script, there are two important periods of time, the
8063 difference is subtle.
8064 @enumerate
8065 @item Parse Time
8066 @item Evaluation Time
8067 @end enumerate
8068
8069 The two key items here are how ``quoted things'' work in Tcl. Tcl has
8070 three primary quoting constructs, the [square-brackets] the
8071 @{curly-braces@} and ``double-quotes''
8072
8073 By now you should know $VARIABLES always start with a $DOLLAR
8074 sign. BTW: To set a variable, you actually use the command ``set'', as
8075 in ``set VARNAME VALUE'' much like the ancient BASIC langauge ``let x
8076 = 1'' statement, but without the equal sign.
8077
8078 @itemize @bullet
8079 @item @b{[square-brackets]}
8080 @* @b{[square-brackets]} are command substitutions. It operates much
8081 like Unix Shell `back-ticks`. The result of a [square-bracket]
8082 operation is exactly 1 string. @i{Remember Rule #1 - Everything is a
8083 string}. These two statements are roughly identical:
8084 @example
8085 # bash example
8086 X=`date`
8087 echo "The Date is: $X"
8088 # Tcl example
8089 set X [date]
8090 puts "The Date is: $X"
8091 @end example
8092 @item @b{``double-quoted-things''}
8093 @* @b{``double-quoted-things''} are just simply quoted
8094 text. $VARIABLES and [square-brackets] are expanded in place - the
8095 result however is exactly 1 string. @i{Remember Rule #1 - Everything
8096 is a string}
8097 @example
8098 set x "Dinner"
8099 puts "It is now \"[date]\", $x is in 1 hour"
8100 @end example
8101 @item @b{@{Curly-Braces@}}
8102 @*@b{@{Curly-Braces@}} are magic: $VARIABLES and [square-brackets] are
8103 parsed, but are NOT expanded or executed. @{Curly-Braces@} are like
8104 'single-quote' operators in BASH shell scripts, with the added
8105 feature: @{curly-braces@} can be nested, single quotes can not. @{@{@{this is
8106 nested 3 times@}@}@} NOTE: [date] is a bad example;
8107 at this writing, Jim/OpenOCD does not have a date command.
8108 @end itemize
8109
8110 @section Consequences of Rule 1/2/3/4
8111
8112 The consequences of Rule 1 are profound.
8113
8114 @subsection Tokenisation & Execution.
8115
8116 Of course, whitespace, blank lines and #comment lines are handled in
8117 the normal way.
8118
8119 As a script is parsed, each (multi) line in the script file is
8120 tokenised and according to the quoting rules. After tokenisation, that
8121 line is immedatly executed.
8122
8123 Multi line statements end with one or more ``still-open''
8124 @{curly-braces@} which - eventually - closes a few lines later.
8125
8126 @subsection Command Execution
8127
8128 Remember earlier: There are no ``control flow''
8129 statements in Tcl. Instead there are COMMANDS that simply act like
8130 control flow operators.
8131
8132 Commands are executed like this:
8133
8134 @enumerate
8135 @item Parse the next line into (argc) and (argv[]).
8136 @item Look up (argv[0]) in a table and call its function.
8137 @item Repeat until End Of File.
8138 @end enumerate
8139
8140 It sort of works like this:
8141 @example
8142 for(;;)@{
8143 ReadAndParse( &argc, &argv );
8144
8145 cmdPtr = LookupCommand( argv[0] );
8146
8147 (*cmdPtr->Execute)( argc, argv );
8148 @}
8149 @end example
8150
8151 When the command ``proc'' is parsed (which creates a procedure
8152 function) it gets 3 parameters on the command line. @b{1} the name of
8153 the proc (function), @b{2} the list of parameters, and @b{3} the body
8154 of the function. Not the choice of words: LIST and BODY. The PROC
8155 command stores these items in a table somewhere so it can be found by
8156 ``LookupCommand()''
8157
8158 @subsection The FOR command
8159
8160 The most interesting command to look at is the FOR command. In Tcl,
8161 the FOR command is normally implemented in C. Remember, FOR is a
8162 command just like any other command.
8163
8164 When the ascii text containing the FOR command is parsed, the parser
8165 produces 5 parameter strings, @i{(If in doubt: Refer to Rule #1)} they
8166 are:
8167
8168 @enumerate 0
8169 @item The ascii text 'for'
8170 @item The start text
8171 @item The test expression
8172 @item The next text
8173 @item The body text
8174 @end enumerate
8175
8176 Sort of reminds you of ``main( int argc, char **argv )'' does it not?
8177 Remember @i{Rule #1 - Everything is a string.} The key point is this:
8178 Often many of those parameters are in @{curly-braces@} - thus the
8179 variables inside are not expanded or replaced until later.
8180
8181 Remember that every Tcl command looks like the classic ``main( argc,
8182 argv )'' function in C. In JimTCL - they actually look like this:
8183
8184 @example
8185 int
8186 MyCommand( Jim_Interp *interp,
8187 int *argc,
8188 Jim_Obj * const *argvs );
8189 @end example
8190
8191 Real Tcl is nearly identical. Although the newer versions have
8192 introduced a byte-code parser and intepreter, but at the core, it
8193 still operates in the same basic way.
8194
8195 @subsection FOR command implementation
8196
8197 To understand Tcl it is perhaps most helpful to see the FOR
8198 command. Remember, it is a COMMAND not a control flow structure.
8199
8200 In Tcl there are two underlying C helper functions.
8201
8202 Remember Rule #1 - You are a string.
8203
8204 The @b{first} helper parses and executes commands found in an ascii
8205 string. Commands can be seperated by semicolons, or newlines. While
8206 parsing, variables are expanded via the quoting rules.
8207
8208 The @b{second} helper evaluates an ascii string as a numerical
8209 expression and returns a value.
8210
8211 Here is an example of how the @b{FOR} command could be
8212 implemented. The pseudo code below does not show error handling.
8213 @example
8214 void Execute_AsciiString( void *interp, const char *string );
8215
8216 int Evaluate_AsciiExpression( void *interp, const char *string );
8217
8218 int
8219 MyForCommand( void *interp,
8220 int argc,
8221 char **argv )
8222 @{
8223 if( argc != 5 )@{
8224 SetResult( interp, "WRONG number of parameters");
8225 return ERROR;
8226 @}
8227
8228 // argv[0] = the ascii string just like C
8229
8230 // Execute the start statement.
8231 Execute_AsciiString( interp, argv[1] );
8232
8233 // Top of loop test
8234 for(;;)@{
8235 i = Evaluate_AsciiExpression(interp, argv[2]);
8236 if( i == 0 )
8237 break;
8238
8239 // Execute the body
8240 Execute_AsciiString( interp, argv[3] );
8241
8242 // Execute the LOOP part
8243 Execute_AsciiString( interp, argv[4] );
8244 @}
8245
8246 // Return no error
8247 SetResult( interp, "" );
8248 return SUCCESS;
8249 @}
8250 @end example
8251
8252 Every other command IF, WHILE, FORMAT, PUTS, EXPR, everything works
8253 in the same basic way.
8254
8255 @section OpenOCD Tcl Usage
8256
8257 @subsection source and find commands
8258 @b{Where:} In many configuration files
8259 @* Example: @b{ source [find FILENAME] }
8260 @*Remember the parsing rules
8261 @enumerate
8262 @item The @command{find} command is in square brackets,
8263 and is executed with the parameter FILENAME. It should find and return
8264 the full path to a file with that name; it uses an internal search path.
8265 The RESULT is a string, which is substituted into the command line in
8266 place of the bracketed @command{find} command.
8267 (Don't try to use a FILENAME which includes the "#" character.
8268 That character begins Tcl comments.)
8269 @item The @command{source} command is executed with the resulting filename;
8270 it reads a file and executes as a script.
8271 @end enumerate
8272 @subsection format command
8273 @b{Where:} Generally occurs in numerous places.
8274 @* Tcl has no command like @b{printf()}, instead it has @b{format}, which is really more like
8275 @b{sprintf()}.
8276 @b{Example}
8277 @example
8278 set x 6
8279 set y 7
8280 puts [format "The answer: %d" [expr $x * $y]]
8281 @end example
8282 @enumerate
8283 @item The SET command creates 2 variables, X and Y.
8284 @item The double [nested] EXPR command performs math
8285 @* The EXPR command produces numerical result as a string.
8286 @* Refer to Rule #1
8287 @item The format command is executed, producing a single string
8288 @* Refer to Rule #1.
8289 @item The PUTS command outputs the text.
8290 @end enumerate
8291 @subsection Body or Inlined Text
8292 @b{Where:} Various TARGET scripts.
8293 @example
8294 #1 Good
8295 proc someproc @{@} @{
8296 ... multiple lines of stuff ...
8297 @}
8298 $_TARGETNAME configure -event FOO someproc
8299 #2 Good - no variables
8300 $_TARGETNAME confgure -event foo "this ; that;"
8301 #3 Good Curly Braces
8302 $_TARGETNAME configure -event FOO @{
8303 puts "Time: [date]"
8304 @}
8305 #4 DANGER DANGER DANGER
8306 $_TARGETNAME configure -event foo "puts \"Time: [date]\""
8307 @end example
8308 @enumerate
8309 @item The $_TARGETNAME is an OpenOCD variable convention.
8310 @*@b{$_TARGETNAME} represents the last target created, the value changes
8311 each time a new target is created. Remember the parsing rules. When
8312 the ascii text is parsed, the @b{$_TARGETNAME} becomes a simple string,
8313 the name of the target which happens to be a TARGET (object)
8314 command.
8315 @item The 2nd parameter to the @option{-event} parameter is a TCBODY
8316 @*There are 4 examples:
8317 @enumerate
8318 @item The TCLBODY is a simple string that happens to be a proc name
8319 @item The TCLBODY is several simple commands seperated by semicolons
8320 @item The TCLBODY is a multi-line @{curly-brace@} quoted string
8321 @item The TCLBODY is a string with variables that get expanded.
8322 @end enumerate
8323
8324 In the end, when the target event FOO occurs the TCLBODY is
8325 evaluated. Method @b{#1} and @b{#2} are functionally identical. For
8326 Method @b{#3} and @b{#4} it is more interesting. What is the TCLBODY?
8327
8328 Remember the parsing rules. In case #3, @{curly-braces@} mean the
8329 $VARS and [square-brackets] are expanded later, when the EVENT occurs,
8330 and the text is evaluated. In case #4, they are replaced before the
8331 ``Target Object Command'' is executed. This occurs at the same time
8332 $_TARGETNAME is replaced. In case #4 the date will never
8333 change. @{BTW: [date] is a bad example; at this writing,
8334 Jim/OpenOCD does not have a date command@}
8335 @end enumerate
8336 @subsection Global Variables
8337 @b{Where:} You might discover this when writing your own procs @* In
8338 simple terms: Inside a PROC, if you need to access a global variable
8339 you must say so. See also ``upvar''. Example:
8340 @example
8341 proc myproc @{ @} @{
8342 set y 0 #Local variable Y
8343 global x #Global variable X
8344 puts [format "X=%d, Y=%d" $x $y]
8345 @}
8346 @end example
8347 @section Other Tcl Hacks
8348 @b{Dynamic variable creation}
8349 @example
8350 # Dynamically create a bunch of variables.
8351 for @{ set x 0 @} @{ $x < 32 @} @{ set x [expr $x + 1]@} @{
8352 # Create var name
8353 set vn [format "BIT%d" $x]
8354 # Make it a global
8355 global $vn
8356 # Set it.
8357 set $vn [expr (1 << $x)]
8358 @}
8359 @end example
8360 @b{Dynamic proc/command creation}
8361 @example
8362 # One "X" function - 5 uart functions.
8363 foreach who @{A B C D E@}
8364 proc [format "show_uart%c" $who] @{ @} "show_UARTx $who"
8365 @}
8366 @end example
8367
8368 @include fdl.texi
8369
8370 @node OpenOCD Concept Index
8371 @comment DO NOT use the plain word ``Index'', reason: CYGWIN filename
8372 @comment case issue with ``Index.html'' and ``index.html''
8373 @comment Occurs when creating ``--html --no-split'' output
8374 @comment This fix is based on: http://sourceware.org/ml/binutils/2006-05/msg00215.html
8375 @unnumbered OpenOCD Concept Index
8376
8377 @printindex cp
8378
8379 @node Command and Driver Index
8380 @unnumbered Command and Driver Index
8381 @printindex fn
8382
8383 @bye

Linking to existing account procedure

If you already have an account and want to add another login method you MUST first sign in with your existing account and then change URL to read https://review.openocd.org/login/?link to get to this page again but this time it'll work for linking. Thank you.

SSH host keys fingerprints

1024 SHA256:YKx8b7u5ZWdcbp7/4AeXNaqElP49m6QrwfXaqQGJAOk gerrit-code-review@openocd.zylin.com (DSA)
384 SHA256:jHIbSQa4REvwCFG4cq5LBlBLxmxSqelQPem/EXIrxjk gerrit-code-review@openocd.org (ECDSA)
521 SHA256:UAOPYkU9Fjtcao0Ul/Rrlnj/OsQvt+pgdYSZ4jOYdgs gerrit-code-review@openocd.org (ECDSA)
256 SHA256:A13M5QlnozFOvTllybRZH6vm7iSt0XLxbA48yfc2yfY gerrit-code-review@openocd.org (ECDSA)
256 SHA256:spYMBqEYoAOtK7yZBrcwE8ZpYt6b68Cfh9yEVetvbXg gerrit-code-review@openocd.org (ED25519)
+--[ED25519 256]--+
|=..              |
|+o..   .         |
|*.o   . .        |
|+B . . .         |
|Bo. = o S        |
|Oo.+ + =         |
|oB=.* = . o      |
| =+=.+   + E     |
|. .=o   . o      |
+----[SHA256]-----+
2048 SHA256:0Onrb7/PHjpo6iVZ7xQX2riKN83FJ3KGU0TvI0TaFG4 gerrit-code-review@openocd.zylin.com (RSA)